Huawei Quidway S8500 Series Command Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Huawei Manuals
  4. Switch
  5. Quidway S8500 Series
  6. Command manual
Huawei Quidway S8500 Series Command Manual

Huawei Quidway S8500 Series Command Manual

Routing switches
Hide thumbs Also See for Quidway S8500 Series:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual See also: Installation Manual
HUAWEI
Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches
Command Manual
VRP3.10
1. Getting Started
2. Port
3. VLAN&QinQ
4. Network Protocol 12. System Management
5. Routing Protocol
6. Multicast Protocol 14. NAT&URPF&VPLS
7. QoS/ACL
8. MPLS
Huawei Technologies Proprietary
9. STP
10. Security
11. Reliability
13. PoE
15. Integrated Management
16. Appendix

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Huawei Quidway S8500 Series

Summary of Contents for Huawei Quidway S8500 Series

  • Page 1 3. VLAN&QinQ 11. Reliability 4. Network Protocol 12. System Management 5. Routing Protocol 13. PoE 6. Multicast Protocol 14. NAT&URPF&VPLS 7. QoS/ACL 15. Integrated Management 8. MPLS 16. Appendix Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual VRP3.10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 2 3119A00F Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support and service. If you purchase the products from the sales agent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., please contact our sales agent. If you purchase the products from Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. directly, Please feel free to contact our local office, customer care center or company headquarters.
  • Page 3 Copyright © 2006 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All Rights Reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks , HUAWEI, C&C08, EAST8000, HONET,...
  • Page 4 About This Manual Release Notes The product version that corresponds to the manual is VRP3.10. Related Manuals The following manuals provide more information about the Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches. Manual Content It provides information for the system installation, Quidway S8500 Series Routing booting, hardware/software maintenance &...
  • Page 5 NAT&URPF&VPLS This module details the commands for NAT, URPF, VPLS configurations. Integrated Management This module details the commands for HGMP V1 configuration. Appendix This appendix offers an index for all the commands available in the S8500 series. Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 6 Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets [ x | y | ... ] * and separated by vertical bars. Many or none can be selected. A line starting with the # sign is comments. Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 7 Select and release the primary mouse button without Click moving the pointer. Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and Double-Click quickly without moving the pointer. Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the Drag pointer to a certain position. Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 8 Eye-catching symbols are also used in the manual to highlight the points worthy of special attention during the operation. They are defined as follows: Caution: Means reader be extremely careful during the operation. Note: Means a complementary description. Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 9 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual Getting Started Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 10: Table Of Contents

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch ................ 1-1 1.1 Logging in to Switch Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 authentication-mode....................1-1 1.1.2 auto-execute command................... 1-2 1.1.3 command-privilege level ..................
  • Page 11 Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands............2-1 2.1 Password Control Configuration Commands ..............2-1 2.1.1 display password-control..................2-1 2.1.2 display password-control blacklist................2-2 2.1.3 display password-control super................2-2 2.1.4 password .........................

  • Page 12: Chapter 1 Commands Used To Log In To Switch

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch 1.1 Logging in to Switch Commands 1.1.1 authentication-mode Syntax authentication-mode { password | scheme | none }...

  • Page 13: Auto-Execute Command

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] user-interface aux 0 [Quidway-ui-aux0] authentication-mode password 1.1.2 auto-execute command Syntax auto-execute command text...

  • Page 14: Command-Privilege Level

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Example # Configure to automatically execute telnet 10.110.100.1 after the user logs in via VTY <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 15: Databits

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Example # Configure the precedence of the command "interface" as 0. <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] command-privilege level 0 view system interface 1.1.4 databits...
  • Page 16 Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Parameter Command-Number: The number of history commands the user wants to query. The value range is 1 to 256. |: Operator, indicating that a regular expression follows.
  • Page 17 Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch You can either specify the number of commands to be queried (Command-Number) or input a string to query commands that match the string. You can the two methods separately or in combination.

  • Page 18: Display User-Interface

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch quit display history-command # Display all the buffered history commands that do not match the specified regular expression. <Quidway>display history-command | exclude ip...
  • Page 19 Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Example # Display the relational information of user interface 0. <Quidway> display user-interface 0 Type Tx/Rx Modem Privi Auth CON 0 9600 : Current user-interface is active.

  • Page 20: Display Users

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display the user-interface summary command Field Description 0: U User interface type 1 character mode users.

  • Page 21: Flow-Control

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Field Description Display the name of the user using this user interface, namely the Username login username of the user. 1.1.8 flow-control...

  • Page 22: Header

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Parameter type: Specifies the user interface type. number: Specifies the absolute/relative number of the user interface. Configured together with the type, it will specify the user interface number of the corresponding type.
  • Page 23 Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch word, can be input. The text starts and ends with the first character. After inputting the end character, press the <Enter> key to exit the interact process.

  • Page 24: History-Command Max-Size

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Input banner text, and quit with the character '%'. Go on inputting the rest text and end your input with the first letter: Hello! Welcome % (Press the <Enter>...

  • Page 25: Idle-Timeout

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch 1.1.12 idle-timeout Syntax idle-timeout minutes [ seconds ] undo idle-timeout View User interface view Parameter minutes: Specifies the minute, ranging from 0 to 35791.

  • Page 26: Lock

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Description Use the language-mode command to switch between different language environments of command line interface for convenience of different users. By default, the value is English.

  • Page 27: Modem Auto-Answer

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch both: Configures to allow call-in and call-out. Description Use the modem command to configure the call-in and call-out attributes of the Modem.

  • Page 28: Modem Timer Answer

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] user-interface aux 0 [Quidway] user-interface aux 0 [Quidway-ui-aux0] modem auto-answer 1.1.17 modem timer answer...

  • Page 29: Protocol Inbound

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Parameter even: Configures to perform even parity. mark: Configures to perform mark parity. none: Configures not to perform parity. odd: Configures to perform odd parity.

  • Page 30: Quit

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Example # Set the Telnet protocol to be used for user login. <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 31: Screen-Length

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Parameter None Description Use the return command to return to user view from a view other than user view. Combination key <Ctrl+Z> performs the same function with the return command.

  • Page 32: Send

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] user-interface aux 0 [Quidway-ui-aux0] screen-length 20 1.1.23 send Syntax send { all | number | type number }...

  • Page 33: Set Authentication Password

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Description Use the service-type telnet command to configure which level of command a user can use after login. Use the undo service-type telnet command to restore the default level of command a user can use after login.

  • Page 34: Shell

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Parameter cipher: Displays the current password with cipher text. simple: Displays the current password with plain text. password: If the authentication is in the simple mode, the password must be in plain text.

  • Page 35: Speed

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch View User interface view Parameter None Description Use the shell command to enable terminal service of a user interface. Use the undo shell command to disable the terminal service of a user interface.

  • Page 36: Stopbits

    Use the undo stopbits command to restore the default stop bits. This command can only be performed in Console and AUX user interface view. By default, the value is 1. Note that setting 1.5 stop bits is not available on Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches at present. Example # Set stop bits to 2.

  • Page 37: Super

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] user-interface aux 0 [Quidway-ui-aux0] stopbits 2 1.1.29 super Syntax super [ level ]...

  • Page 38: Sysname

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Parameter level: Specifies the entering password of the specified priority, ranging from 1 to 3. The default value is 3, i.e. do not specify user level. It means the password to be set is used for entering level 3.

  • Page 39: System-View

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch Parameter text: Specifies the hostname with a character string, ranging from 1 to 30 characters. The default name is Quidway. Description Use the sysname command to configure the hostname of the switch.

  • Page 40: Telnet

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch 1.1.33 telnet Syntax telnet [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] { hostname | ip-address } [ service-port ] View User view Parameter vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies vpn-instance of MPLS VPN.

  • Page 41: User Privilege Level

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch first-number: Specifies the number of the first user interface to be configured. It must be an integer in the range of 0 to 6.
  • Page 42 Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Commands Used to Log in to Switch <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] user-interface vty 0 [Quidway-ui-vty0] user privilege level 0 # After you telnet from VTY 0 user interface to the switch, you will view the terminal only displays commands at level 0.

  • Page 43: Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands 2.1 Password Control Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display password-control Syntax display password-control View Any view Parameter None Description The display password-control command is used to view the password control...

  • Page 44: Display Password-Control Blacklist

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands 2.1.2 display password-control blacklist Syntax display password-control blacklist [ username username | ipaddress ipaddress ] View Any view Parameter username:user name added into the blacklist.

  • Page 45: Password

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands Example # Display the super password control information. <Quidway> display password-control super Super's password settings: Password Aging : Enabled(10 days) Password Length: Enabled(10 Characters) 2.1.4 password...

  • Page 46: Password-Control

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands 2.1.5 password-control Syntax password-control { aging aging-time | length length | login-attempt login-times [ exceed { lock | unlock | locktime [ time ] } ]...
  • Page 47 Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands Description Use the password-control aging aging-time command to configure the aging time for system login passwords. This command can also be carried out in the local user view.

  • Page 48: Password-Control Enable

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands [Quidway] password-control login-attempt 3 exceed locktime 360 2.1.6 password-control enable Syntax password-control { aging | length | history } enable undo password-control { aging | length | history } enable...

  • Page 49: Password-Control Super

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands # Disable password aging. [Quidway]undo password-control aging Password aging disabled for all users. # Enable history password recording. [Quidway]password-control history enable Password history enabled for all users.

  • Page 50: Reset Password-Control History-Record

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands 2.1.8 reset password-control history-record Syntax reset password-control history-record [ username username ] View User view Parameter Username: Specifies a user whose history password record will be deleted.

  • Page 51: Reset Password-Control Blacklist

    Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands View User view Parameter level-value: Specifies to delete the history records of super passwords of users at a certain level. The value range is 1 to 3.
  • Page 52 Command Manual – Getting Started Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Password Control Configuration Commands Example # Check the user information in the blacklist. Suppose the blacklist contains three users: test, tes, and test2. <Quidway> display password-control blacklist USERNAME test 192.168.30.25...
  • Page 53 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual Port Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 54 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1.1 broadcast-suppression.................... 1-1 1.1.2 copy configuration ....................1-2 1.1.3 description ....................... 1-3 1.1.4 display counters ......................
  • Page 55 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 2.1.8 display link-aggregation interface................2-7 2.1.9 lacp enable ......................2-8 2.1.10 lacp port-priority..................... 2-9 2.1.11 lacp system-priority ..................... 2-10 2.1.12 link-aggregation....................2-10 2.1.13 link-aggregation group agg-id description............2-11 2.1.14 link-aggregation group agg-id mode ..............
  • Page 56 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 4.1.13 port-type ......................4-16 4.1.14 reset counters interface..................4-17 4.1.15 rpr admin-request....................4-17 4.1.16 rpr echo ....................... 4-18 4.1.17 rpr default-rs ......................4-19 4.1.18 rpr cos-precedence-map ..................4-20 4.1.19 rpr protect-mode....................

  • Page 57: Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands 1.1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands 1.1.1 broadcast-suppression Syntax broadcast-suppression { ratio | bandwidth bandwidth } undo broadcast-suppression View Ethernet port view...

  • Page 58: Copy Configuration

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Caution: You cannot enable both broadcast suppression and multicast suppression simultaneously on the same card. Namely, once you have enabled broadcast suppression on some ports of a card, you cannot enable multicast suppression on the other ports of the card, and vice versa.

  • Page 59: Description

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands interface-list: Destination port list, interface-list = interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] &<1-10>. &<1-10> indicates that the former parameter can be input 10 times repeatedly at most.

  • Page 60: Display Counters

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface Ethernet 2/1/1 [Quidway-Ethernet2/1/1] description lanswitch-interface 1.1.4 display counters Syntax display counters [ rate ] { inbound | outbound } interface [ interface-type ]...

  • Page 61: Display Interface

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Note: Statistic values are comma-separated decimal numbers. For the Total, BroadCast and MultiCast items, decimal numbers of 14 digits can be displayed at most, and those of more than 14 digits are indicated with “OverFlow”;...
  • Page 62 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands The Maximum Frame Length is 1552 Broadcast MAX-ratio: 100% Allow jumbo frame to pass MixInsert-Port VPN status:not enable MixInsert access PVID: 48 Mdi type: auto...
  • Page 63 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Field Description Flow-control is not enabled Port flow control status Maximum length of the Ethernet frames The Maximum Frame Length that can pass the port...

  • Page 64: Display Jumboframe Configuration

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands 1.1.6 display jumboframe configuration Syntax display jumboframe configuration View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display jumboframe configuration command to view the Jumbo frame configuration on all cards.

  • Page 65: Duplex

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Example # Display the Hybrid ports in the current system. <Quidway> display port hybrid The following hybrid ports exist: Ethernet2/1/1 Ethernet2/1/2 The above information displays that the current system has two Hybrid ports, Ethernet2/1/1 and Ethernet2/1/2.

  • Page 66: Flow-Control

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands 1.1.9 flow-control Syntax flow-control undo flow-control View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the flow-control command to enable flow control feature on the Ethernet port to avoid discarding data packets due to congestion.

  • Page 67: Interface

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Description Use the link-status hold hold-time command to set port hold time. If the Down/Up operation is implemented on ports too frequently, the switch may fail. Therefore, the function is provided to prohibit frequent change of the port status.

  • Page 68: Jumboframe Enable

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Example # Enter the Ethernet2/1/1 port view. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface ethernet2/1/1 1.1.12 jumboframe enable Syntax jumboframe enable [ jumboframe-value ] slot slot-num...

  • Page 69: Loopback

    Ethernet port view Parameter external: Ethernet port in external loop mode. Presently, the Ethernet ports of the Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches do not support this mode. internal: Ethernet port in internal loop mode. Description Use the loopback command to set the Ethernet port in loop mode.

  • Page 70: Multicast-Suppression

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Parameter across: Network cable type is cross-over cable. auto: Network cable will be recognized whether it is straight-through cable or cross-over cable. normal: Network cable of the port is straight-through cable.

  • Page 71: Port Access Vlan

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Use the undo multicast-suppression command to disable the broadcast suppression function. The default multicast suppression ratio is 100%. You can use the multicast-suppression command repeatedly. The effective multicast suppression ratio value is the one last updated.

  • Page 72: Port Hybrid Pvid Vlan

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter vlan-id: VLAN ID defined in IEEE802.1Q, ranging from 2 to 4094. Description Use the port access vlan command to add the access port into a specified VLAN.

  • Page 73: Port Hybrid Vlan

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Example # Configure the default VLAN of the hybrid port Ethernet2/1/1 to 100. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface ethernet2/1/1 [Quidway-Ethernet2/1/1] port hybrid pvid vlan 100 1.1.18 port hybrid vlan...

  • Page 74: Port Link-Type

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands [Quidway-Ethernet2/1/1] port hybrid vlan 2 4 50 to 100 tagged 1.1.19 port link-type Syntax port link-type { access | hybrid | trunk } undo port link-type...

  • Page 75: Port Trunk Permit Vlan

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter wan: Configures the port works in WAN mode, and then only common data exchange can be implemented on the port.

  • Page 76: Port Trunk Pvid Vlan

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Description Use the port trunk permit vlan command to join trunk port to specified VLAN. Use the undo port trunk permit vlan command to cancel trunk port from specified VLAN.

  • Page 77: Reset Counters Interface

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Example # Configure the default VLAN of the trunk port Ethernet2/1/1 to 100. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface Ethernet2/1/1 [Quidway-Ethernet2/1/1] port trunk pvid vlan 100 1.1.23 reset counters interface...

  • Page 78: Speed

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the shutdown command to disable the Ethernet port. Use the undo shutdown command to enable the Ethernet port.

  • Page 79: Vlan-Vpn Enable

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands Example # Configure Ethernet port Ethernet2/1/1 port speed as 100 Mbps. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface Ethernet2/1/1 [Quidway-Ethernet2/1/1] speed 100 1.1.26 vlan-vpn enable...

  • Page 80: Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 2.1 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 2.1.1 debugging lacp packet Syntax debugging lacp packet [ interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type...

  • Page 81: Debugging Lacp State

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands 2.1.2 debugging lacp state Syntax debugging lacp state [ interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] ] { { actor-churn | mux | partner-churn | ptx | rx }* | all }...

  • Page 82: Debugging Link-Aggregation Event

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands undo debugging link-aggregation error View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging link-aggregation error command to enable link aggregation error debugging. Use the undo debugging link-aggregation error command to disable link aggregation error debugging.

  • Page 83: Display Lacp System-Id

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands 2.1.5 display lacp system-id Syntax display lacp system-id View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display lacp system-id command to display the device ID of local system, including system priority and system MAC address.

  • Page 84: Display Link-Aggregation Verbose

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands group type, peer device ID, number of Selected ports, number of Standby ports, load sharing type and master port number. Example # Display summary information of all aggregation information.
  • Page 85 Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameter agg-id: Aggregation group ID, which must be existing ones, in the range of 1 to 920. IDs 1 through 31 indicate manual or static aggregation groups; IDs 32 through 64 are reserved;...

  • Page 86: Display Link-Aggregation Interface

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands Table 2-3 Description on the fields of the display link-aggregation verbose command Field Description Aggregation ID Aggregation group ID Aggregation group type, which can be...

  • Page 87: Lacp Enable

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands Note that since the manual aggregation group cannot get the information of the peer end, every item of the peer end is displayed as 0, which does not indicate the actual status of the peer system.

  • Page 88: Lacp Port-Priority

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the lacp enable command to enable LACP. Use the undo lacp enable command to disable LACP.

  • Page 89: Lacp System-Priority

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands [Quidway-Ethernet1/1/1] lacp port-priority 64 2.1.11 lacp system-priority Syntax lacp system-priority system-priority-value undo lacp system-priority View System view Parameter system-priority-value: System priority, in the range of 0 to 65,535. By default, it is 32,768.

  • Page 90: Link-Aggregation Group Agg-Id Description

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the link-aggregation command to configure a series of ports to aggregation port. Related command: link-aggregation group agg-id mode, port link-aggregation group. Note: When a port is added into an aggregation group, the original ARP information of the port will be lost.

  • Page 91: Link-Aggregation Group Agg-Id Mode

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands [Quidway] link-aggregation group 22 description myal1 2.1.14 link-aggregation group agg-id mode Syntax link-aggregation group agg-id mode { manual | static } undo link-aggregation group agg-id...

  • Page 92: Port Link-Aggregation Group

    Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] link-aggregation group 22 mode manual 2.1.15 port link-aggregation group Syntax port link-aggregation group agg-id undo port link-aggregation group...
  • Page 93 Command Manual – Port Chapter 2 Ethernet Link Aggregation Configuration Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameter interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ]: Specifies a port or ports. The command without the parameter to specifies one port, while the command with the parameter to specifies several contiguous ports.

  • Page 94: Chapter 3 Pos Port Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands 3.1 POS Port Configuration Commands 3.1.1 clock Syntax clock { master | slave } undo clock View POS port view Parameter master: Sets the POS port to use internal clock.

  • Page 95: Description

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands Parameter 16: CRC checkbit is 16 bits. 32: CRC checkbit is 32 bits. Description Use the crc command to define CRC checkbit length at the POS port.

  • Page 96: Display Interface Pos

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands [Quidway] interface pos2/1/1 [Quidway-Pos2/1/1] description pos-interface 3.1.4 display interface pos Syntax display interface pos [ interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-number: POS port number, in the format of board slot ID/daughter card slot ID/ port ID, where board slot ID refers to the ID of the slot for LPU, in the range of 2 to 6 (for S8505), or 0 to 3 and 6 to 9 (for S8508), or 0 to 5 and 8 to 13 (for S8512);...
  • Page 97 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands section layer: line layer: path layer: C2(Rx) :0xcf C2(Tx): 0x16 J0(Rx): "quidway " 71 75 69 64 77 61 79 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 *quidway..*...

  • Page 98: Debugging Ppp

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands Field Description Tx Clock Source Clock mode Clock Grade: Quality unknown(existing Clock stratum synchronization network) SPE Scrambling Current state of scrambling function SDH alarm: section layer: OOF LOF LOS...

  • Page 99: Flag

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands View User view Parameter ipcp: IPCP debugging switch. lcp: LCP debugging switch. all: All POS debugging switch core event: PPP core event debugging switch. ip packet: IP packet debugging switch.
  • Page 100 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands undo flag { j0 | j1 } { sdh | sonet } View POS port view/Ethernet GE port view Parameter c2: Signal label byte C2 belongs to high-order path overhead byte, and is used to indicate the multiplexing structure and message payload of the VC (virtual container) frame.

  • Page 101: Frame-Format

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands [Quidway] interface GigabitEthernet4/2/1 [Quidway-GigabitEthernet4/2/1] port-mode wan [Quidway-GigabitEthernet4/2/1] flag j0 sdh 1 3.1.7 frame-format Syntax frame-format { sdh | sonet } undo frame-format View POS port view Parameter sdh: Frame format is SDH.

  • Page 102: Loopback

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands (for S8505), or 0 to 3 and 6 to 9 (for S8508), or 0 to 5 and 8 to 13 (for S8512); daughter card slot ID refers to the ID of the slot for daughter, with the value of 1; port ID refers to the sequence number on the LPU for the port, in the range of 1 to 4.

  • Page 103: Pos Access Vlan

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands Syntax mtu mtu-value View POS port view Parameter mtu: MTU on the POS port. mtu-value: MTU value, in the range of 64 to 9,192 (in bytes). By default, it is 1,500 bytes.

  • Page 104: Ppp Timer Negotiate

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands Use the pos access vlan command to add the POS port into the designated VLAN. Use the undo pos access vlan command to delete the POS port from the designated VLAN.

  • Page 105: Reset Counters Interface Pos

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands 3.1.13 reset counters interface pos Syntax reset counters interface pos [ interface-number ] View User view Parameter interface-number: POS port number, in the format of board slot ID/daughter card slot ID/ port ID, where board slot ID refers to the ID of the slot for LPU, in the range of 2 to 6 (for S8505), or 0 to 3 and 6 to 9 (for S8508), or 0 to 5 and 8 to 13 (for S8512);...

  • Page 106: Shutdown

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface pos2/1/1 [Quidway-Pos2/1/1] scramble 3.1.15 shutdown Syntax shutdown undo shutdown View POS port view Parameter None Description Use the shutdown command to shut down the POS port.

  • Page 107: Timer Hold

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 POS Port Configuration Commands Description Use the threshold command to set the thresholds of SD (signal degrade) and SF (signal failure) alarms. Use the undo threshold command to restore the defaults.

  • Page 108: Chapter 4 Rpr Port Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands 4.1 RPR Port Configuration Commands 4.1.1 clock-source Syntax clock-source [ line | internal ] undo clock-source View RPR POS physical port view Parameter line: Specifies the clock source as line.

  • Page 109: Display Interface

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Parameter all: All RPR debugging. topology: RPR topology database modular debugging switch. protection: RPR protection modular request debugging switch. controlframe: RPR control frame processing debugging switch.
  • Page 110 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands information, including the status information about RPR POS logical and physical ports. If you specify port number, the command displays the information about the specified port.
  • Page 111 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands - broadcasts, - multicasts, 0 pauses Output: 0 output errors, - underruns, - buffer failures 0 aborts, 0 deferred, - collisions, 0 late collisions - lost carrier, - no carrier...
  • Page 112 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands 496377 496378 Mode Packet Byte SaStrip TtlDrop TxFlood RxFlood Table 4-1 Description on the fields of the display interface command Field Description RprPos4/1/1 current state...

  • Page 113: Display Rpr Defect

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Field Description Identifies the untagged packets in the Untagged VLAN ID port’s VLANs Last 300 seconds input: 0 packets/sec 0 bits/sec Input and output rates and number of...

  • Page 114: Display Rpr Fairness

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Description Use the display rpr defect command to view all RPR defects. The value 1 indicates defects are found. The value 0 indicates there is no defect.
  • Page 115 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display rpr fairness command to view configurable RPR fairness parameter values. Example # Query main RPR fairness parameters.

  • Page 116: Display Rpr Protection

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Field Description Local Rate-limiter bandwidth for medium Local rate-limiter bandwidth for class on ringlet0 B-CIR on ringlet0 Local Rate-limiter bandwidth for medium Local rate-limiter bandwidth for class...
  • Page 117 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Example # Display protection information. <Quidway> dis rpr protection Protection information of the interface: RprPos6/1/1 Protection mode configured: steer Protection mode effective: steer Protection reversion mode: revertive...

  • Page 118: Display Rpr Rs-Table

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Field Description Protection start time on the east span Protection start time on the east span Protection start time on the west span Protection start time on the west span 4.1.7 display rpr rs-table...

  • Page 119: Display Rpr Statistics

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands MAC Address Ringlet TTL IP Address Station Name 00e0-fc00-0011 201.1.1.1 huawei-3com1 00e0-fc26-0708 201.1.1.3 huawei-3com2 4.1.8 display rpr statistics Syntax display rpr statistics { dmac | smac } [ mac address] [ rpr [ interface-number ] ]...

  • Page 120: Display Rpr Topology

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Description Use the display rpr timers command to display all configurable RPR timer values. Example #Query all RPR timer values. <Quidway> display rpr timers RPR2/1/1...
  • Page 121 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter all: Displays complete RPR topology information. ring: Displays ring-level topology information. local: Displays local node topology information. stations: Displays all node topology information on the ring.

  • Page 122: Flag

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Last known neighbour on ringlet0:00e0-fc5a-6fd9 Last known neighbour on ringlet1:00e0-fc39-aa35 Local topology state:topology is valid 4.1.11 flag Syntax flag { c2 c2-value | j0 j0-value | j1 j1-value }...

  • Page 123: Frame-Format

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands 4.1.12 frame-format Syntax frame-format { sdh | sonet } undo frame-format View RPR POS physical port view Parameter sdh: Indicates the two RPR physical ports use SDH physical encapsulation.

  • Page 124: Reset Counters Interface

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Example # Set RPR port type to 10GE. <Quidway> system-view [Quidway] interface RPRPOS 3/1/1 [Quidway-RPRPOS 3/1/1]port-type 10ge 4.1.14 reset counters interface Syntax reset counters interface [ interface-type ] interface-number...

  • Page 125: Rpr Echo

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands idle: Clears forced switchover or manual switchover and enters Idle state. ringlet0: Requests switchover in Ringlet0. ringlet1: Requests switchover in Ringlet1. Description Use the rpr admin-request fs command to generate a forced switchover request, making the node enter forced switchover status.

  • Page 126: Rpr Default-Rs

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands View RPR logical port view Parameter mac: MAC address of the destination node to be detected. station-name: Name of the destination node to be detected. You can select either node name or MAC address.

  • Page 127: Rpr Cos-Precedence-Map

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Description Use the rpr default-rs command to configure the default RPR ring ID. Broadcast, multicast and Flooding packets are transmitted in the default ring. Note that the default ring selection is the sending sub-ring.

  • Page 128: Rpr Protect-Mode

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Example # Configure Tag priorities 6 and 7 as class A service, priorities 2, 3, 4 and 5 as class B service, and priorities 0 and 1 as class C service.

  • Page 129: Rpr Reversion-Mode

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Parameter high: Class A service; the default value is 20 Mbps. low: Class C and class B-EIR service. medium: Class B-CIR service. reserved: Configures the reserved bandwidth for class A0 service, which has the highest priority;...

  • Page 130: Rpr Static-Rs

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Parameter non-revertive: Sets the protection reversion mode to non-revertive. After the WTR timer times out, the service cannot be restored till others request high priority protection in the ring.

  • Page 131: Rpr Station-Name

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands Note that two nodes’ bridge MAC addresses cannot be the same on the ring. Here both Ringlet0 and Ringlet1 refer to sending sub-rings. Example # Transport data packets to the destination node with MAC address 0001-0002-0003 over ringlet0, and transport data packets to the destination node with MAC address 0001-0002-0004 over ringlet1.

  • Page 132: Rpr Weight

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands View PRP logical port view Parameter atd value: Ranges from 1 to 10 (in seconds). fdd value: Ranges from 10 to 1,000 (in milliseconds). holdoff value: Ranges from 0 to 200 (in milliseconds), in steps of 10 milliseconds.

  • Page 133: Sdh Threshold

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands value: Node weight. The default value is 1. Description Use the rpr weight command to configure the node weight. Fairness algorithm uses node weight to calculate local fairness rate. The default weight is 1.

  • Page 134: Shutdown

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 RPR Port Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view [Quidway] interface RPR 2/1/1.1 [Quidway-RPR 2/1/1.1]sdh threshold sd-ber 4.1.27 shutdown Syntax shutdown undo shutdown View RPR logical/physical port view Parameter None Description Use the shutdown command to disable the RPR port.

  • Page 135: Chapter 5 Ids Linkage Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 IDS Linkage Configuration Commands Chapter 5 IDS Linkage Configuration Commands 5.1 IDS Linkage Configuration Commands 5.1.1 ids-acl Syntax ids-acl enable undo ids-acl enable View Ethernet port view Parameter disable: Disable IDS linkage on the port.

  • Page 136: Debugging Ids-Acl

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 IDS Linkage Configuration Commands name: Name of the IDS item to be displayed. source ip-addr: Displays IDS linkage information about the specified source IP address. destination ip-addr: Displays IDS linkage information about the specified destination IP address.
  • Page 137 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 IDS Linkage Configuration Commands Use the undo debugging ids-acl command to disable IDS linkage debugging. By default, IDS linkage debugging is disabled. Example # Enable IDS linkage debugging. <Quidway>debugging ids-acl # Disable IDS linkage debugging.

  • Page 138: Chapter 6 Port Isolation Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 Port Isolation Configuration Commands Chapter 6 Port Isolation Configuration Commands 6.1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands 6.1.1 port-isolate group Syntax port-isolate group isolate-group-id undo port-isolate group isolate-group-id View System view Parameter isolate-group-id: Isolated group number, ranging from 1 to 64.

  • Page 139: Port-Isolate Group

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 Port Isolation Configuration Commands Parameter isolate-group-id: Isolated group number, ranging from 1 to 64. The system supports 64 isolated groups. Description Use the port-isolate uplink-port group command to configure the port as an upstream port.

  • Page 140: Display Port-Isolate Group

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 Port Isolation Configuration Commands Note that: You can configure isolated ports for the isolated group only after you create the isolated group. An isolated port can only be an Ethernet port or RPR logic port.
  • Page 141 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 Port Isolation Configuration Commands Port-isolate-group ID: 2 Uplink-port: Ethernet3/1/4 Isolate-Port(s): Ethernet3/1/5, Ethernet3/1/6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 142: Chapter 7 Port Packet Statistics Commands

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 Port Packet Statistics Commands Chapter 7 Port Packet Statistics Commands 7.1 Port Packet Statistics Commands 7.1.1 set egress Syntax set egress { counter0 | counter1 } slot slot-num [ interface interface-type...

  • Page 143: Display Egress Counter

    Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 Port Packet Statistics Commands After you user the set egress counter command to set the monitoring mode of a card, the counters will be automatically reset. By default, a card does not implement egress packet statistics.
  • Page 144 Command Manual – Port Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 Port Packet Statistics Commands The mode of counter0: Interface : all VLAN : all TC : all DP : all The outgoing packets: Unicast : 5000 packets Multicast : 2000 packets...
  • Page 145 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual VLAN&QinQ Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 146 Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 VLAN Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 description ....................... 1-1 1.1.2 display trap-to-cpu....................1-1 1.1.3 display interface Vlan-interface ................1-2 1.1.4 display vlan......................
  • Page 147 Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Chapter 4 Isolate-User-Vlan Configuration Commands ............4-1 4.1 isolate-user-vlan Configuration Commands ..............4-1 4.1.1 display isolate-user-vlan..................4-1 4.1.2 isolate-user-vlan ...................... 4-3 4.1.3 isolate-user-vlan enable ..................4-4 Chapter 5 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands ................5-1 5.1 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands ..................

  • Page 148: Chapter 1 Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.1 description Syntax description string undo description View VLAN view, VLAN interface view Parameter string: Description character string of current VLAN or VLAN interface. For VLAN, it ranges from 1 to 32 characters.

  • Page 149: Display Interface Vlan-Interface

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display trap-to-cpu command to view the related information about the CPU port. Example # Display related information about the CPU port <Quidway>...

  • Page 150: Display Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Description : Vlan-interface1 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display interface Vlan-interface command Field Description Vlan-interface1 current state...

  • Page 151: Interface Vlan-Interface

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Related command: vlan. Example # Display the information about VLAN2. [Quidway] display vlan 2 VLAN ID: 2 VLAN Type: static ARP proxy disabled Route interface: not configured...

  • Page 152: Name

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Description Use the interface vlan-interface command to configure VLAN interface or enter VLAN interface view. Use the undo interface vlan-interface command to cancel one VLAN interface.

  • Page 153: Trap-To-Cpu Disable

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the shutdown command to disable the VLAN interface. Use the undo shutdown command to enable the VLAN interface. By default, when all the Ethernet ports in a VLAN are in the Down state, this VLAN interface is also Down.

  • Page 154: Trap-To-Cpu Disable Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands [Quidway-vlan2] trap-to-cpu disable Warning : CPU port will exit the designated VLAN. Broadcast & multicast packets cannot forward to CPU! 1.1.9 trap-to-cpu disable vlan Syntax trap-to-cpu disable vlan { vlan-list | all }...

  • Page 155: Port-Based Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Parameter vlan-id-list: vlan-id-list = [ vlan-id1 [ to vlan-id2 ] ]&<1-10>, specifies the range of VLANs to be created. The value range of vlan-id is 1 to 4094. &<1-10> means that the preceding parameter can be repeated up to 10 times.

  • Page 156: Protocol-Based Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Parameter interface-list: List of Ethernet ports, expressed as interface-list= { interface-type interface-number [ to { interface-type interface-number ] }&<1-10>. interface-type is interface type, interface-number is interface number. The interface number after the keyword to must be larger than or equal to the interface number before to.

  • Page 157: Display Vlan-Protocol-Vlan Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Related command: display interface. Example # Display the protocol information and protocol index configured on Ethernet2/1/1. <Quidway> display protocol-vlan interface ethernet2/1/1 Interface:Ethernet2/1/1 Vlan-ID Protocol-Index Protocol-Type etype ethernetii 1.3.2 display vlan-protocol-vlan vlan...

  • Page 158: Port Hybrid Protocol-Vlan Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.3.3 port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan Syntax port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan vlan-id { vlan-protocol-list | all } undo port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan { vlan-id { vlan-protocol-list | all } | all }...

  • Page 159: Protocol-Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.3.4 protocol-vlan Syntax protocol-vlan [ protocol-index ] { at | ipx { ethernetii | llc | raw | snap } { ipv4 ip-address [ net-mask ] | mode { ethernetii etype etype-id | llc dsap dsap-id ssap...
  • Page 160 Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Description Use the protocol-vlan command to specify the parameters of VLANs based on AppleTalk, IP, IPX, etc. Use the undo vlan-type protocol command to cancel this configuration.

  • Page 161: Chapter 2 Garp/Gvrp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands Chapter 2 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands 2.1 GARP Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display garp statistics Syntax display garp statistics [ interface interface-list ] View Any view Parameter interface-list: List of Ethernet ports to be displayed, expressed as interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number] }&<1-10>.

  • Page 162: Garp Timer

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter interface-list: List of Ethernet ports of which the GRRP timer information is to be displayed, expressed as interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] }&<1-10>.
  • Page 163 Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands join: GARP Join timer. GARP application entity will send out Join message after the Join timer goes timeout to make other GARP application entity register its own information.

  • Page 164: Garp Timer Leaveall

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands 2.1.4 garp timer leaveall Syntax garp timer leaveall timer-value undo garp timer leaveall View System view Parameter timer-value: Value of GARP LeaveAll timer in centiseconds, ranging from 65 to 32765.

  • Page 165: Gvrp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands interface-number is interface number. The interface-number after the keyword to must be larger than or equal to that before to. &<1-10> means that the preceding parameter can be repeated up to 10 times.

  • Page 166: Display Gvrp Status

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands GVRP Failed Registrations GVRP Last Pdu Origin : 0000-0000-0000 GVRP Registration Type : Normal Table 2-1 Description on the fields of the display gvrp statistics command...

  • Page 167: Gvrp Registration

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands undo gvrp View System view/Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the gvrp command to enable GVRP. Use the undo gvrp command to disable GVRP. By default, GVRP is disabled.
  • Page 168 Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands Description Use the gvrp registration command to configure GVRP registration type. Use the undo gvrp registration command to restore the default type. By default, the registration type is normal.

  • Page 169: Chapter 3 Super Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configuration Commands Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1 Super VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1.1 display supervlan Syntax display supervlan [ supervlan-id ] View Any view Parameter supervlan-id: VLAN ID of a configured super VLAN. This argument ranges from 1 to 4094.

  • Page 170: Subvlan

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configuration Commands Untagged Ports: none [Quidway]display vlan 3 VLAN ID: 3 VLAN Type: static It is a Sub VLAN. And the Super VLAN is VLAN 2 ARP proxy enabled.

  • Page 171: Supervlan

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configuration Commands Parameter sub-vlan-list: List of sub VLANs. It is expressed in the form of sub-vlan-list = { vlan-id [ to vlan-id }&<1-10>. The vlan-id after the keyword to must be larger than or equal to that before to.
  • Page 172 Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Super VLAN Configuration Commands Use the undo supervlan command to cancel the super VLAN type of a VLAN. By default, no type is configured for a VLAN. Note that: You cannot add ports to a super VLAN.

  • Page 173: Chapter 4 Isolate-User-Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Isolate-User-Vlan Configuration Commands Chapter 4 Isolate-User-Vlan Configuration Commands 4.1 isolate-user-vlan Configuration Commands 4.1.1 display isolate-user-vlan Syntax display isolate-user-vlan [ isolate-user-vlan-num ] View Any view Parameter isolate-user-vlan-num: VLAN ID of an isolate-user-VLAN.

  • Page 174: Isolate-User-Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Isolate-User-Vlan Configuration Commands Ethernet2/1/3 Ethernet2/1/4 VLAN ID: 3 VLAN Type: static Isolate-user-VLAN type : secondary ARP proxy disabled. Route Interface: not configured Description: VLAN 0003 Name: VLAN 0003 Tagged...
  • Page 175 Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Isolate-User-Vlan Configuration Commands 4.1.2 isolate-user-vlan Syntax isolate-user-vlan isolate-user-vlan-num secondary secondary-vlan-numlist undo isolate-user-vlan isolate-user-vlan-num [ secondary secondary-vlan-numlist ] View System view Parameter isolate-user-vlan-num: VLAN ID of isolate-user-VLAN. Secondary-vlan-numlist: VLAN ID of Secondary vlan. secondary-vlan-numlist = { secondary-vlan-num [ to secondary-vlan-num ] }&<1-10>.

  • Page 176: Isolate-User-Vlan Enable

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Isolate-User-Vlan Configuration Commands 4.1.3 isolate-user-vlan enable Syntax isolate-user-vlan enable undo isolate-user-vlan enable View VLAN view Parameter None Description Use the isolate-user-vlan enable command to set a VLAN as an isolate-user-VLAN.
  • Page 177 Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Isolate-User-Vlan Configuration Commands Note: One isolate-user-vlan can be mapped to up to 64 Secondary VLANs. You can configure up to 32 isolate-user-VLANs for the system. You can configure up to 1024 Secondary VLANs for the system.

  • Page 178: Chapter 5 Q-In-Q Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands Chapter 5 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands 5.1 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands 5.1.1 display port vlan-vpn Syntax display port vlan-vpn View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display port vlan-vpn command to display VLAN VPN-related information of the current system by port number, including current TPID, the information about VLAN-VPN ports, and the information about VLAN-VPN uplink ports.
  • Page 179 Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands II. Use the following command to deliver Layer 2 and Layer 3 traffic classification rules simultaneously. traffic-redirect inbound ip-group { acl-number | acl-name } [ rule rule ] link-group...

  • Page 180: Vlan-Vpn Enable

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands modified-vlan modified-vlanid: Changes the outer VLAN tags of the packets that match the specified ACL rules. The modified-vlanid argument is the new VLAN ID to be inserted in the packets.

  • Page 181: Vlan-Vpn Tpid

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the vlan-vpn enable command to enable VLAN VPN feature for the port. Use the undo vlan-vpn command to disable VLAN VPN feature for the port.

  • Page 182: Vlan-Vpn Uplink Enable

    Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands Parameter value: TPID value to be set (in hexadecimal format). This argument ranges from 1 to 0xFFFF. Description Use the vlan-vpn tpid command to set the TPID value of the VLAN-VPN uplink ports.
  • Page 183 Command Manual – VLAN&QinQ Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 Q-in-Q Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the vlan-vpn uplink enable command to set a port to be a VLAN-VPN uplink port. Use the undo vlan-vpn uplink command to remove the configuration.
  • Page 184 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual Network Protocol Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 185 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands............... 1-1 1.1 IP Address Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 display ip host......................1-1 1.1.2 display ip interface ....................1-1 1.1.3 ip address........................
  • Page 186 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 4.2.6 dhcp server forbidden-ip ..................4-8 4.2.7 dhcp server ip-pool....................4-9 4.2.8 dhcp server nbns-list ....................4-9 4.2.9 dhcp server netbios-type..................4-10 4.2.10 dhcp server option....................4-11 4.2.11 dhcp server ping....................
  • Page 187 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 6.1.2 display ip host......................6-1 6.2 Dynamic DNS Configuration Commands ................6-2 6.2.1 debugging dns......................6-2 6.2.2 display dns domain ....................6-3 6.2.3 display dns dynamic-host..................6-4 6.2.4 display dns server ....................

  • Page 188: Chapter 1 Ip Address Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display ip host Syntax display ip host View Any view Parameter None...
  • Page 189 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: interface-type refers to the interface type, and interface-number refers to the interface number. Refer to the interface command in Port Command Manual for more information.

  • Page 190: Ip Address

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display ip interface command Field Description Vlan-interface1 current state Current state of the VLAN interface 1...
  • Page 191 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands View VLAN interface view, loopback interface view, or console view Parameter ip-address: IP address of VLAN interface in dotted decimal format. mask: Corresponding subnet mask in dotted decimal format.

  • Page 192: Ip Host

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Note: When you use the ip address command to configure IP addresses of VLAN interfaces, the system will prompts if you continue if the IP address you configure is in different network segment from the existing IP address.

  • Page 193: Ip-Protect Enable

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Description Use the ip host command to configure the host name and the host IP address. Use the undo ip host command to cancel the host name and the host IP address.
  • Page 194 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands [Quidway]interface Vlan-interface 2 [Quidway-Vlan-interface2]ip-protect enable Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 195: Chapter 2 Arp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands 2.1 ARP Configuration Commands 2.1.1 arp proxy enable Syntax arp proxy enable undo arp proxy enable View VLAN view Parameter...
  • Page 196 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands arp static ip-address [ mac-address [ vlan-id { interface-type interface-number } ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] undo arp ip-address View System view Parameter ip-address: IP address of the ARP mapping entry.

  • Page 197: Arp Static Multi-Port

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands ARP mapping entries with port parameters can be configured on manually aggregated ports or static aggregated ports, but cannot be configured on LACP-enabled dynamic aggregated ports.

  • Page 198: Arp Timer Aging

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands vpn-instance-name: The VPN instance name of the VPN which the IP address belongs Description Use the arp static multi-port command to add a multicast ARP port. When you add the first port, the system generates a multicast ARP entry.

  • Page 199: Debugging Arp

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands System view Parameter aging-time: Aging time of dynamic ARP aging timer, which is in the range of 1 to 1440 minutes. By default, the aging time is 20 minutes.
  • Page 200 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands <Quidway> debugging arp packet *0.771346-ARP-8-S1-arp_send:Send Packet, operation sender_eth_addr 00e0-fc00-3500,sender_ip_addr 10.110.91.159, target_eth_addr : 0000-0000-0000, target_ip_addr : 10.110.91.193 *0.771584-ARP-8-S1-arp_rcv:Receive Packet, operation sender_eth_addr 0050-ba22-6fd7, sender_ip_addr 10.110.91.193, target_eth_addr : 00e0-fc00-3500, target_ip_addr : 10.110.91.159...

  • Page 201: Display Arp Multi-Port

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands Use the display arp command to view the ARP mapping table. Related command: arp static, reset arp, debugging arp. Example # Display all the ARP entries.

  • Page 202: Display Arp Proxy

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands Description Use the display arp multi-port command to display configuration information about multicast ARP. The multicast ARP (that is, multiple-port ARP) feature allows one ARP entry to correspond to multiple outgoing ports;...

  • Page 203: Display Arp Timer Aging

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands <Quidway> display arp proxy vlan 3 vlan 3 Proxy ARP status: disabled 2.1.9 display arp timer aging Syntax display arp timer aging View Any view...

  • Page 204: Reset Arp

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands Use the undo gratuitous-arp-learning enable command to disable the gratuitous ARP packet learning function. By default, the gratuitous ARP packet learning function is enabled. By sending gratuitous ARP packets, a network device can: Determine whether or not IP address conflicts exist between it and other network devices.

  • Page 205: Chapter 3 Arp Table Size Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 ARP Table Size Configuration Commands Chapter 3 ARP Table Size Configuration Commands 3.1 ARP Table Size Configuration Commands 3.1.1 arp max-entry Syntax arp max-entry slot-num max-num undo arp max-entry slot-num...

  • Page 206: Arp Max-Aggregation-Entry

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 ARP Table Size Configuration Commands 3.1.2 arp max-aggregation-entry Syntax arp max-aggregation-entry max-aggnum undo arp max-aggregation-entry View System view Parameter max-aggnum: Maximum number of ARP entries for aggregation port (that is, aggregation ARP entries) supported by each card.

  • Page 207: Display Arp Max-Entry

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 ARP Table Size Configuration Commands View System view Parameter 4: Configures the maximum number of ARP entries of the whole switch to 4K (1K = 1024). 64: Configure the maximum number of ARP entries of the whole switch to 64K.
  • Page 208 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 ARP Table Size Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display arp max-entry command to display the current maximum numbers of ARP entries and the intending counterparts that will take effect after the switch restarts next time.

  • Page 209: Chapter 4 Dhcp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands 4.1 General DHCP Configuration Commands 4.1.1 dhcp enable Syntax dhcp enable undo dhcp enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp enable command to enable DHCP service.
  • Page 210 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands undo dhcp select { interface vlan-interface vlan-id [ to vlan-interface vlan-id ] | all } View VLAN interface view, system view Parameter global: Specifies to forward DHCP packets to local DHCP server and let the local server assign IP addresses in global address pools to DHCP clients.

  • Page 211: Dhcp Server Detect

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands [Quidway] interface vlan-interface 1 [Quidway-Vlan-interface1] dhcp select global 4.1.3 dhcp server detect Syntax dhcp server detect undo dhcp server detect View System view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp server detect command to enable fake DHCP server detection.

  • Page 212: Display Dhcp Server Forbidden-Ip

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands event: Used to enable/disable debugging for DHCP server events, including the assigning of IP addresses and timing out of ping packets. packet: Specifies debugging for packets received/sent by DHCP servers, including DHCP packets and ping packets.

  • Page 213: Dhcp Server Dns-List

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands 4.2.3 dhcp server dns-list Syntax In VLAN interface view: dhcp server dns-list ip-address [ ip-address ] undo dhcp server dns-list { ip-address | all }...

  • Page 214: Dhcp Server Domain-Name

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 1 [Quidway-Vlan-interface1] dhcp server dns-list 1.1.1.254 4.2.4 dhcp server domain-name Syntax In VLAN interface view:...

  • Page 215: Dhcp Server Expired

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface vlan-interface 1 [Quidway-Vlan-interface1] dhcp server domain-name vlan-interface1.com 4.2.5 dhcp server expired Syntax In VLAN interface view:...

  • Page 216: Dhcp Server Forbidden-Ip

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Example # Set the IP address lease time of the DHCP address pool of VLAN interface 1 to unlimited. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 217: Dhcp Server Ip-Pool

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands 4.2.7 dhcp server ip-pool Syntax dhcp server ip-pool pool-name undo dhcp server ip-pool pool-name View System view Parameter pool-name: Name of the address pool, a string that is of 1 to 64 characters in length. An address pool name uniquely identifies an address pool.

  • Page 218: Dhcp Server Netbios-Type

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands View VLAN interface view, system view Parameter ip-address: NetBIOS server IP address. You can specify up to eight IP addresses (separated by spaces) in one command.

  • Page 219: Dhcp Server Option

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands dhcp server netbios-type { b-node | h-node | m-node | p-node } { interface vlan-interface vlan-id [ to vlan-interface vlan-id ] | all } undo dhcp server netbios-type { interface vlan-interface vlan-id [ to vlan-interface...
  • Page 220 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands dhcp server option code { ascii ascii-string | hex hex-string | ip-address ip-address [ ip-address ] } undo dhcp server option code In system view:...

  • Page 221: Dhcp Server Ping

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface vlan-interface 1 [Quidway-Vlan-interface1] dhcp server option 100 hex 11 22 4.2.11 dhcp server ping Syntax...

  • Page 222: Dhcp Server Static-Bind

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands 4.2.12 dhcp server static-bind Syntax dhcp server static-bind ip-address ip-address mac-address mac-address undo dhcp server static-bind { ip-address ip-address | mac-address mac-address } View VLAN interface view Parameter ip-address: IP address to be bound statically.

  • Page 223: Display Dhcp Server Expired

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameter all: Specifies all IP addresses. ip ip-address: Specifies an IP address. Description Use the display dhcp server conflict command to display the statistics about DHCP address conflicts.

  • Page 224: Display Dhcp Server Free-Ip

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the display dhcp server expired command to display information about lease-expired addresses. If no available IP address exists in a DHCP address pool, the DHCP server assigns the lease-expired IP addresses in the pool to DHCP clients as needed.

  • Page 225: Display Dhcp Server Ip-In-Use

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Example # Display the ranges of available (unassigned) IP addresses in DHCP address pools. <Quidway> display dhcp server free-ip IP Range from 1.0.0.0 2.2.2.1 IP Range from 2.2.2.3 2.255.255.255...

  • Page 226: Display Dhcp Server Statistics

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands 5.5.5.1 0050-ba28-930a Jun 5 2003 10:56: 7 AM Auto:COMMITED Table 4-3 Description on the fields of the display dhcp server ip-in-use command Fields Description The information followed is about bound IP addresses in...
  • Page 227 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Pool Number: Binding Auto: Manual: Expire: Boot Request: Dhcp Discover: Dhcp Request: Dhcp Decline: Dhcp Release: Dhcp Inform: Boot Reply: Dhcp Offer: Dhcp Ack: Dhcp Nak:...

  • Page 228: Display Dhcp Server Tree

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands 4.2.18 display dhcp server tree Syntax display dhcp server tree { pool [ pool-name ] | interface [ vlan-interface vlan-id ] | all } View...
  • Page 229 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Pool name: 7 network 10.10.1.64 mask 255.255.255.192 PrevSibling node:5 option 1 ip-address 255.0.0.0 gateway-list 2.2.2.2 dns-list 1.1.1.1 domain-name 444444 nbns-list 3.3.3.3 expired 1 0 0...

  • Page 230: Dns-List

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Field Description The valid period of the leased IP addresses in the expired address pool, including number of days, hours and minutes The list of outbound gateways configured for the DHCP...

  • Page 231: Domain-Name

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [Quidway-dhcp-0] dns-list 1.1.1.254 4.2.20 domain-name Syntax domain-name domain-name undo domain-name View DHCP address pool view Parameter domain-name: Domain name, a string that is of 3 to 50 characters in length.

  • Page 232: Gateway-List

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameter day day: Specifies the number of days. The day argument ranges from 0 to 365. hour hour: Specifies the number of hours. The hour argument ranges from 0 to 23.

  • Page 233: Nbns-List

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Use the undo gateway-list command to remove one or all outbound gateway addresses configured for DHCP clients. By default, no outbound gateway address is configured for DHCP clients.

  • Page 234: Netbios-Type

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Example # Configure a NetBIOS server with an IP address of 10.12.1.99 for the global DHCP address pool named 0. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 235: Network

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [Quidway-dhcp-0] netbios-type b-node 4.2.25 network Syntax network ip-address [ mask netmask ]...

  • Page 236: Reset Dhcp Server Conflict

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands 4.2.26 option Syntax option code { ascii ascii-string | hex hex-string | ip-address ip-address [ ip-address ] } undo option code View DHCP address pool view Parameter code: Customized option value, a number ranging from 2 to 254.

  • Page 237: Reset Dhcp Server Ip-In-Use

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands View User view Parameter ip-address: Clears statistics about the specified IP address conflicts. all: Clears all statistics about address conflicts. Description Use the reset dhcp server conflict command to clear statistics information about DHCP address conflicts.

  • Page 238: Reset Dhcp Server Statistics

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands <Quidway> reset dhcp server ip-in-use ip 10.110.1.1 4.2.29 reset dhcp server statistics Syntax reset dhcp server statistics View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset dhcp server statistics command to clear statistics information about...

  • Page 239: Static-Bind Mac-Address

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Use the undo static-bind ip-address command to free a statically bound IP address. By default, no IP address is statically bound. The static-bind ip-address command and the static-bind mac-address command...

  • Page 240: Dhcp Relay Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Example # Bind the PC with a MAC address of 0000-e03f-0305 to 10.1.1.1, whose subnet mask is 255.255.255.0. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 241: Dhcp Relay Security

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands ServerIpAddress: 192.168.1.2 *0.7200230-DHCP-8-dhcp_debug: From server to client: Interface: VLAN-Interface 1 ServerGroupNo: 0 Type: dhcp-ack ClientHardAddress: 0010-dc19-695d your ip address: 10.1.1.1 *0.7200580-DHCP-8-largehop: Discard DHCP request packet because of too large hop count! *0.7200725-DHCP-8-invalidpkt:...

  • Page 242: Dhcp Relay Security Address-Check

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the dhcp relay security command to add a user address entry for the DHCP server. Use the undo dhcp relay security command to remove a user address entry configured for the DHCP server.

  • Page 243: Dhcp-Server Detect

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands 4.3.4 dhcp-server detect Syntax dhcp server detect undo dhcp server detect View System view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp server detect command to enable fake DHCP server detecting.

  • Page 244: Display Dhcprelay-Security

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the display dhcp relay address command to display information about DHCP servers configured for a VLAN interface. Example # Display information about DHCP servers configured for all VLAN interfaces.

  • Page 245: Ip Relay Address

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Table 4-7 Description on the fields of the display dhcp-security command Field Description IP Address User IP address MAC Address User MAC address Type of the user address entry, which...
  • Page 246 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 DHCP Configuration Commands Example # Specify users belonging to VLAN interface 1 to acquire their IP addresses from a specified DHCP server. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 247: Chapter 5 Dhcp Option 82 Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 DHCP Option 82 Configuration Commands Chapter 5 DHCP Option 82 Configuration Commands 5.1 DHCP Option 82 Configuration Commands 5.1.1 dhcp relay information enable Syntax dhcp relay information enable...

  • Page 248: Dhcp Relay Information Strategy

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 DHCP Option 82 Configuration Commands [Quidway] undo dhcp relay information enable 5.1.2 dhcp relay information strategy Syntax dhcp relay information strategy { drop | keep | replace }...
  • Page 249 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 DHCP Option 82 Configuration Commands View System view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp server relay information enable command to enable the function of Option 82 support on DHCP server.

  • Page 250: Chapter 6 Dns Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 DNS Configuration Commands Chapter 6 DNS Configuration Commands 6.1 Static DNS Configuration Commands 6.1.1 ip host Syntax ip host hostname ip-address undo ip host hostname [ ip-address ]...

  • Page 251: Dynamic Dns Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 DNS Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display ip host command to view all the host names and the corresponding IP addresses. Example # Display all host names and the corresponding IP addresses of the hosts.

  • Page 252: Display Dns Domain

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 DNS Configuration Commands By default, DNS debugging is disabled. Example # Enable DNS debugging <Quidway> debugging dns make DNS packet for name adcd.com succeed The information above indicates that the query packet for the domain name “abcd.com”...

  • Page 253: Display Dns Dynamic-Host

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 DNS Configuration Commands Table 6-2 Description on the fields of the display dns domain command Field Description Sequence number Domain-name Domain name suffix name 6.2.3 display dns dynamic-host...

  • Page 254: Display Dns Server

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 DNS Configuration Commands 6.2.4 display dns server Syntax display dns server View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display dns server command to view the related information of the domain name server.

  • Page 255: Dns Resolve

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 DNS Configuration Commands Description Use the dns domain command to add the domain name suffix. Use the undo dns domain command to delete the domain name suffix. The system supports up to 10 domain name suffixes. To delete the domain name suffix, input the suffix name, and the specific suffix is deleted.

  • Page 256: Dns Server

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 DNS Configuration Commands 6.2.7 dns server Syntax dns server ip-address undo dns server [ ip-address ] View System view Parameter ip-address: IP address of the domain name server.
  • Page 257 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 DNS Configuration Commands Example # Clear the dynamic domain name buffer. <Quidway> reset dns dynamic-host Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 258: Chapter 7 Ip Performance Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands 7.1 IP Performance Configuration Commands 7.1.1 display fib Syntax display fib View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display fib command to view the entries of the forwarding information base.

  • Page 259: Display Fib Ip-Address

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Field Description The flag options include: B – Blackhole route D – Dynamic route G – Gateway route Flag H – Local host route S –...

  • Page 260: Display Fib Acl

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Example # Display the FIB entries whose destination addresses match 169.253.0.0 in the natural mask range or which match most of 169.253.0.0.. <Quidway> display fib 169.253.0.0...

  • Page 261: Display Fib

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands 7.1.4 display fib | Syntax display fib | { { begin | include | exclude } text } View Any view Parameter begin: Displays the FIB entries from the first one containing the character string text.

  • Page 262: Display Fib Statistics

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Example # Display the FIB entries matching the prefix list abc0. <Quidway> display fib ip-prefix abc0 Route Entry matched by prefix-list abc0: Summary count: 3...
  • Page 263 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Description Use the display icmp statistics command to view the statistics information about ICMP packets. Related command: display ip interface, reset ip statistics. Example # View statistics about ICMP packets.

  • Page 264: Display Ip Socket

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Field Description time exceeded Number of packets that exceeds the time 7.1.8 display ip socket Syntax display ip socket [ socktype sock-type ] [ task-id socket-id ]...

  • Page 265: Display Ip Statistics

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands socket state = SS_ISCONNECTED SS_PRIV SS_ASYNC Table 7-3 Description on the fields of the display ip socket command Field Description SOCK_STREAM The socket type...
  • Page 266 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands bad checksum bad options Output: forwarding local dropped no route compress fails 0 Fragment:input output dropped fragmented couldn't fragment 0 Reassembling:sum timeouts Table 7-4 Description on the fields of the display ip statistics command...

  • Page 267: Display Tcp Statistics

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands 7.1.10 display tcp statistics Syntax display tcp statistics View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display tcp statistics command to view the statistics information about TCP packets.
  • Page 268 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Initiated connections: 0, accepted connections: 0, established connections: Closed connections: 0 (dropped: 0, initiated dropped: 0) Packets dropped with MD5 authentication: 0 Packets permitted with MD5 authentication: 0...

  • Page 269: Display Tcp Status

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Field Description Number of window probe packets: 0 window probe packets: 0, window update packets: 2 Number of window update packets: 2 Number of data packets: 618 (total of...

  • Page 270: Display Udp Statistics

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display tcp status command to view all TCP connection states. This helps user monitor TCP connection at any time.

  • Page 271: Reset Ip Statistics

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands <Quidway> display udp statistics Received packet: Total:0 checksum error:0 shorter than header:0, data length larger than packet:0 no socket on port:0 broadcast:0 not delivered, input socket full:0...

  • Page 272: Reset Tcp Statistics

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Description Use the reset ip statistics command to clear the IP statistics information. Related command: display ip interface, display ip statistics. Example # Clear the IP statistics information.

  • Page 273: Tcp Timer Fin-Timeout

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Example # Clear the UDP traffic statistics information. <Quidway> reset udp statistics 7.1.16 tcp timer fin-timeout Syntax tcp timer fin-timeout time-value undo tcp timer fin-timeout...

  • Page 274: Tcp Window

    Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands Parameter time-value: TCP synwait timer value measured in seconds, whose value ranges from 2 to 600. The default time-value is 75 seconds. Description Use the tcp timer syn-timeout command to configure the TCP synwait timer.
  • Page 275 Command Manual – Network Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 IP Performance Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] tcp window 3 Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-18...
  • Page 276 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual Routing Protocol Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 277 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 Display Commands of the Routing Table ................1-1 1.1.1 display ip routing-table .................... 1-1 1.1.2 display ip routing-table acl..................1-2 1.1.3 display ip routing-table ip-address ................
  • Page 278 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 2.1.20 rip work........................ 2-16 2.1.21 summary......................2-17 2.1.22 timers........................2-18 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands................3-1 3.1 OSPF Configuration Commands ..................3-1 3.1.1 abr-summary ......................3-1 3.1.2 area ......................... 3-2 3.1.3 asbr-summary ......................
  • Page 279 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 3.1.38 ospf cost ......................3-39 3.1.39 ospf dr-priority ..................... 3-40 3.1.40 ospf mib-binding ....................3-41 3.1.41 ospf mtu-enable ....................3-41 3.1.42 ospf network-type....................3-42 3.1.43 ospf timer dead....................3-43 3.1.44 ospf timer hello ....................
  • Page 280 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 4.1.22 isis enable ......................4-20 4.1.23 isis mesh-group ....................4-21 4.1.24 isis timer csnp...................... 4-22 4.1.25 isis timer hello...................... 4-23 4.1.26 isis timer hello minimal ..................4-23 4.1.27 isis timer holding-multiplier..................
  • Page 281 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 5.1.17 display bgp routing-table as-path-acl ..............5-16 5.1.18 display bgp routing-table cidr ................5-18 5.1.19 display bgp routing-table community ..............5-19 5.1.20 display bgp routing-table community-list............. 5-19 5.1.21 display bgp routing-table dampened..............
  • Page 282 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 5.1.59 reflect between-clients ..................5-50 5.1.60 reflector cluster-id....................5-51 5.1.61 refresh bgp ......................5-51 5.1.62 reset bgp ......................5-52 5.1.63 reset bgp flap-info ....................5-53 5.1.64 reset bgp group ....................5-53 5.1.65 reset dampening ....................
  • Page 283 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Chapter 8 Recursive Routing Configuration ................8-1 8.1 Recursive Routing Configuration Commands ..............8-1 8.1.1 route-rely ......................... 8-1 Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 284: Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Note: When a switch runs a routing protocol, it can perform the router functions. A router that is referred to in the following or its icon represents a generalized router or an S8500 series routing switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 285: Display Ip Routing-Table Acl

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface 1.1.1.0/24 DIRECT 0 1.1.1.1 Vlan-interface1 1.1.1.1/32 DIRECT 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 2.2.2.0/24 DIRECT 0 2.2.2.1 Vlan-interface2 2.2.2.1/32 DIRECT 0 127.0.0.1...
  • Page 286 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Description Use the display ip routing-table acl command to view the route filtered through specified basic access control list (ACL). This command is used in track display of route policy to display the route that passed the filtering rule according the input basic ACL number or name.
  • Page 287 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Age: 7:24 Cost: 0/0 Tag: 0 Table 1-2 Description of the fields of the display ip routing-table acl verbose command Field Description Destination Destination address...
  • Page 288 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Field Description Route state description: ActiveU Valid unicast route. U stands for unicast. Blackhole route is similar to Reject route, but it will not...

  • Page 289: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Address

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Field Description Lifetime of a route entry, in hh : mm : ss, where hh is hours, mm is minutes, and ss is seconds. The displayed time should be read from right to left.
  • Page 290 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands This command displays all destination address route matching with destination address in natural mask range. Example # There is a corresponding route in natural mask range. Display the summary.

  • Page 291: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Address1 Ip-Address2

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Routing tables: Generate Default: no + = Active Route, - = Last Active, # = Both * = Next hop in use Summary count: 1 **Destination: 192.168.1.0...
  • Page 292 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands <Quidway>display ip routing-table 1.1.1.0 24 2.2.2.0 24 Routing tables: Summary count: 3 Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface 1.1.1.0/24 DIRECT 1.1.1.1 Vlan-interface1 1.1.1.1/32 DIRECT 127.0.0.1...

  • Page 293: Display Ip Routing-Table Protocol

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface 10.1.0.0/16 STATIC 48.48.48.2 Vlan-interface48 10.1.1.0/24 STATIC 48.48.48.2 Vlan-interface48 10.1.1.2/32 STATIC 48.48.48.2 Vlan-interface48 STATIC Routing table status:<inactive>: Summary count: 0 <Quidway>...
  • Page 294 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter inactive: With the parameter, this command displays the inactive route information. Without the parameter, this command displays the active and inactive route information.

  • Page 295: Display Ip Routing-Table Radix

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands <Quidway> display ip routing-table protocol static STATIC Routing tables: Summary count: 1 STATIC Routing tables status:<active>: Summary count: 0 STATIC Routing tables status:<inactive>: Summary count: 1...

  • Page 296: Display Ip Routing-Table Statistics

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Table 1-3 Description of the fields of the display ip routing-table radix command Field Description INET Address suite inodes Number of nodes routes Number of routes 1.1.8 display ip routing-table statistics...

  • Page 297: Display Ip Routing-Table Vpn-Instance

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Table 1-4 Description of the fields of the display ip routing-table statistics command Field Description Routing protocol. O_ASE indicates OSPF_ASE routes, O_NSSA Proto indicates OSPF_NSSA routes and AGGRE indicates aggregated routes.

  • Page 298: Display Ip Routing-Table Verbose

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands 1.1.10 display ip routing-table verbose Syntax display ip routing-table verbose View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ip routing-table verbose command to view the verbose routing table information.

  • Page 299: Static Route Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands *NextHop: 2.2.2.1 Interface: 2.2.2.1(Vlan-interface2) State: <Int ActiveU Retain Unicast> Age: 20:08:05 Cost: 0/0 First, display statistics of the whole routing table and then output detailed information of every route entry in turn.

  • Page 300: Delete Vpn-Instance

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands 1.2.2 delete vpn-instance Syntax delete vpn-instance vpn-instance-name static-routes all View System view Parameter vpn-instance: Specifies VPN instance parameter. vpn-instance-name: VPN instance name. static-routes: VPN static route.
  • Page 301 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Parameter vpn-instance: Specifies VPN instance parameter. vpn-instance-name-list: instance name list. vpn-instance-name-list= vpn-instance-name & <1-6>. &<1-6> in the command represents that the preceding parameter can be input repeatedly up to 6 times.
  • Page 302 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Example # Configure the next hop of the default route as 129.102.0.2. [Quidway] ip route-static 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 129.102.0.2 # Configure static route 129.102.0.2 255.255.255.0 in multiple VPNs.

  • Page 303: Chapter 2 Rip Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Note: When a switch runs a routing protocol, it can perform the router functions. A router that is referred to in the following or its icon represents a generalized router or an S8500 series routing switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 304: Default Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Example # Configure not to perform zero check for RIP-1 packet. [Quidway-rip] undo checkzero 2.1.2 default cost Syntax default cost value undo default cost View...
  • Page 305 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the display rip command to view the current RIP running state and its configuration information. Example # Display the current running state and configuration information of the RIP.

  • Page 306: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.4 filter-policy export Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ routing-protocol ] undo filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ routing-protocol ]...

  • Page 307: Host-Route

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands View RIP view Parameter acl-number: Access control list number used for filtering the destination addresses of the routing information. ip-prefix-name: Name of address prefix list used for filtering the destination addresses of the routing information.

  • Page 308: Import-Route

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the host-route command to control the RIP to accept the host route. Use the undo host-route command to reject the host route. By default, RIP accepts the host route.

  • Page 309: Network

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands If the cost value is not specified, routes will be imported according to the default cost ranging from 1 to 16. If the cost value of the imported route is 16, then RIP continues to advertise this cost to other routers running RIP, and marks this route “Hold Down”.

  • Page 310: Peer

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands not forward the routes of the interface using this command and it seems that the interface disappeared. When the network command is used on an address, the effect is that the interface on the network segment at this address is enabled.

  • Page 311: Reset

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands undo preference View RIP view Parameter value: Preference level, ranging from 1 to 255. By default, the value is 100. Description Use the preference command to configure the route preference of RIP.

  • Page 312: Rip

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.12 rip Syntax undo rip View system view Parameter None Description Use the rip command to enable the RIP and enter the RIP view. Use the undo rip command to disable RIP.
  • Page 313 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter simple: Simple text authentication mode. password: Simple text authentication key. It is a character string of 1 to 16 characters. md5: MD5 cipher text authentication mode.

  • Page 314: Rip Input

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] rip version 2 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] rip authentication-mode md5 usual aaa 2.1.14 rip input Syntax rip input undo rip input View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the rip input command to allow an interface to receive RIP packets.

  • Page 315: Rip Metricout

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Parameter value: Additional route metric added when an interface receives a packet, ranging from 0 to 16. By default, the value is 0. Description Use the rip metricin command to configure the additional route metric added to the route when an interface receives RIP packets.

  • Page 316: Rip Output

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 10 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] rip metricout 2 2.1.17 rip output Syntax rip output undo rip output View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the rip output command to allow an interface to transmit RIP packets to the external.

  • Page 317: Rip Version

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the rip split-horizon command to configure an interface to use split horizon when transmitting RIP packets. Use undo rip split-horizon command to configure an interface not to use split horizon when transmitting RIP packets.

  • Page 318: Rip Work

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the rip version command to configure the version of RIP packets on an interface. Use the undo rip version command to restore the default value of RIP packet version on the interface.
  • Page 319 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Example # Disable the interface Vlan-interface 10 to run the RIP. [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 10 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] undo rip work 2.1.21 summary Syntax summary undo summary...

  • Page 320: Timers

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.22 timers Syntax timers { update update-timer-length | timeout timeout-timer-length } * undo timers { update | timeout } * View RIP view Parameter update-timer-length: Value of the Period Update timer, ranging from 1 to 3600 seconds.

  • Page 321: Chapter 3 Ospf Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Note: When a switch runs a routing protocol, it can perform the router functions. A router that is referred to in the following or its icon represents a generalized router or an S8500 series routing switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 322: Area

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands areas. Route summarization refers to that the routing information is processed in the ABR and for each network segment configured with route summarization, there is only one route transmitted to other areas.

  • Page 323: Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View OSPF view Parameter ip-address: Matched IP address in dotted decimal format. mask: IP address mask in dotted decimal format. not-advertise: Do not advertise routes matching the specified IP address and mask.

  • Page 324: Debugging Ospf

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter simple: Uses simple text authentication mode. md5: Uses MD5 cipher text authentication mode. Description Use the authentication-mode command to configure one area of OSPF to support the authentication attribute.

  • Page 325: Default Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands event: Enables/Disables OSPF event debugging. packet: Enables/Disables OSPF packet debugging. OSPF packets include: ack: LSAck packet. dd: Database Description packet. hello: Hello packet. request: Link State Request packet.

  • Page 326: Default Interval

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the default cost command to configure the default cost for OSPF to import external routes. Use the undo default cost command to restore the default value of the default routing cost configured for OSPF to import external routes.

  • Page 327: Default Limit

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.8 default limit Syntax default limit routes undo default limit View OSPF view Parameter routes: Default value to the imported external routes in a unit time, ranging from 200 to 2,147,483,647.

  • Page 328: Default Type

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the default tag command to configure the default tag that OSPF assigns to imported routes. Use the undo default tag command to restore the default of the default tag that OSPF assigns to imported routes.

  • Page 329: Default-Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # Specify the default type as type 1 when OSPF imports an external route. [Quidway-ospf-1] default type 1 3.1.11 default-cost Syntax default-cost value undo default-cost...
  • Page 330 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands undo default-route-advertise [ always | cost | type | route-policy ]* View OSPF view Parameter always: The parameter will generate an ASE LSA which describes the default route and will advertise it if the local router is not configured with the default route.

  • Page 331: Display Debugging Ospf

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.13 display debugging ospf Syntax display debugging ospf View Any view Description Use the display debugging ospf command to view the debugging states of global OSPF and all processes.

  • Page 332: Display Ospf Asbr-Summary

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # Display the information of the OSPF area border routers and autonomous system border routers. <Quidway> display ospf abr-asbr OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 10.110.98.138...

  • Page 333: Display Ospf Brief

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # Display the summary information of all OSPF imported routes. <Quidway> display ospf asbr-summary OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1 Summary Addresses Total summary address count: Summary Address : 168.10.0.0...
  • Page 334 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter process-id: Process ID of OSPF. The command is applied to all current OSPF processes if you do not specify a process ID. Description Use the display ospf brief command to view the main summary of OSPF.

  • Page 335: Display Ospf Cumulative

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Default Default ASE parameters of OSPF, including metric, type parameters and tag computation SPF computation count since OSPF is enabled count Area Count...
  • Page 336 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospf cumulative command to view the OSPF cumulative information. Example # Display the OSPF cumulative information. <Quidway> display ospf cumulative OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1...

  • Page 337: Display Ospf Error

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Router Number of all Router LSAs SumNet Number of all Sumnet LSAs SumASB Number of all SumASB LSAs Neighbors Number of neighbors in this area...
  • Page 338 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 0: OSPF: packet size > ip length 0: OSPF: transmit error 0: OSPF: interface down 0: OSPF: unknown neighbor 0: HELLO: netmask mismatch 0: HELLO: hello timer mismatch...

  • Page 339: Display Ospf Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description HELLO: router id confusion Hello packet: Router ID confusion HELLO: virtual neighbor unknown Hello packet: unknown virtual neighbor HELLO: NBMA neighbor unknown Hello packet: unknown NBMA neighbor...
  • Page 340 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter process-id: Process ID of OSPF. The command is applied to all current OSPF processes if you do not specify a process ID. interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface.

  • Page 341: Display Ospf Lsdb

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.20 display ospf lsdb Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] [ area-id ] lsdb [ brief | [ asbr | ase | network | nssa | router...
  • Page 342 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands SNet 10.153.18.0 1.1.1.1 355 28 80000003 10 Inter List Area: 0.0.0.1 Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence Metric Where 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 449 36 80000004 SpfTree 3.3.3.3...

  • Page 343: Display Ospf Nexthop

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Forwarding Address: 0.0.0.0 Tag: 1 Table 3-8 Description of the fields of the display ospf lsdb ase command Field Description type Type of the LSA...

  • Page 344: Display Ospf Peer

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Address Type Refcount Intf Addr Intf Name --------------------------------------------------------------------- 202.38.160.1 Direct 202.38.160.1 Vlan-interface2 202.38.160.2 Neighbor 1 202.38.160.1 Vlan-interface2 Table 3-9 Description of the fields of the display ospf nexthop command...

  • Page 345: Display Ospf Request-Queue

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 85.1.1.2 63.56.1.1 Vlan-interface561 Down Table 3-10 Description of the fields of the display ospf peer brief command Field Description Router ID Router ID of neighbor router...

  • Page 346: Display Ospf Retrans-Queue

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Table 3-11 Description of the fields of the display ospf request-queue command Field Description RouterID Router ID of neighbor router Address of the interface, through which neighbor routers...

  • Page 347: Display Ospf Routing

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Type: ASE LSID:129.11.108.0 AdvRouter:103.160.1.1 Table 3-12 Description of the fields of the display ospf retrans-queue command Field Description RouterID Router ID of neighbor router Address...

  • Page 348: Display Ospf Abr-Summary

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Intra Area: 2 Inter Area: 0 ASE: 0 NSSA: 0 Table 3-13 Description of the fields of the display ospf routing command Field Description Destination...

  • Page 349: Display Ospf Vlink

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Network Mask Cost Status Used ------------- --------------- -------- ------------- -------- 1.2.0.0 255.255.0.0 advertise 2.3.0.0 255.255.0.0 16777215 advertise Table 3-14 Description of the fields of the display ospf abr-summary command...

  • Page 350: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1 Virtual Links Virtual-link Neighbor-id -> 2.2.2.2, State: Full Cost: 0 State: Full Type: Virtual Transit Area: 0.0.0.2 Timers: Hello 10, Dead 40, Poll 0, Retransmit 5, Transmit Delay 1...
  • Page 351 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands routing-protocol: Protocol advertising the routing information, including direct, isis, bgp, rip and static at present. Description Use the filter-policy export command to configure the rule used by OSPF to filter advertised routing information.

  • Page 352: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the filter-policy export command to set the filter condition for the Type-3 LSAs advertised from an OSPF area. Use the undo filter-policy export command to cancel the set filter condition.
  • Page 353 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the filter-policy import command to configure the OSPF rules of filtering the routing information received. Use the undo filter-policy import command to cancel the filtering of the routing information received.

  • Page 354: Import-Route

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the filter-policy import command to set the filter condition for the Type-3 LSAs received by an OSPF area. Use the undo filter-policy import command to cancel the set filter condition.

  • Page 355: Import-Route-Limit

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands type value: Specifies the cost type of imported external routes. The value ranges from 1 to 2. tag value: Specifies the value of tag for imported external routes.

  • Page 356: Network

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands By default, a maximum of 20K exterior routes are allowed to be imported. Example # Set the maximum number of exterior routes allowed to be imported to 50K.

  • Page 357: Nssa

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.35 nssa Syntax nssa [ default-route-advertise ] [ no-import-route ] [ no-summary ]* undo nssa View OSPF area view Parameter default-route-advertise: Imports default route to NSSA area.

  • Page 358: Ospf Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View System view Parameter process-id: ID of an OSPF process, in the range 1 to 65,535. By default, the process ID is 1. process-id is locally significant.

  • Page 359: Ospf Cost

    # Set the area 1 where the network segment 131.119.0.0 of Interface Vlan-interface 1 is located to support MD5 cipher text authentication. The authentication key identifier is set to 15 and the authentication key is Huawei. [Quidway-ospf-1] area 1 [Quidway-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] network 131.119.0.0 0.0.255.255 [Quidway-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] authentication-mode md5...

  • Page 360: Ospf Dr-Priority

    Use the ospf cost command to configure different message sending costs so as to send messages from different interfaces. Use the undo ospf cost command to restore the default cost. For Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches, the default cost for running OSPF protocol on the VLAN interface is 10. Example # Specify the cost spent when an interface runs OSPF as 33.

  • Page 361: Ospf Mib-Binding

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 10 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] ospf dr-priority 8 3.1.40 ospf mib-binding Syntax ospf mib-binding process-id undo ospf mib-binding View System view Parameter process-id: ID of an OSPF process, in the range 1 to 65,535. If no OSPF process is specified, the default process ID 1 applies.

  • Page 362: Ospf Network-Type

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the ospf mtu-enable command to enable the interface to write MTU value when sending DD packets. Use the undo ospf mtu-enable command to restore the default settings.

  • Page 363: Ospf Timer Dead

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands OSPF divides networks into four types by link layer protocol: Broadcast: If Ethernet or FDDI is adopted, OSPF defaults the network type to broadcast. Non-Broadcast Muli-access (nbma): If Frame Relay, ATM, HDLC or X.25 is adopted, OSPF defaults the network type to NBMA.

  • Page 364: Ospf Timer Hello

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands minimal: Specifies the port to run Fast Hello function. multi-hello: Sends multiple hello packets. packets: Number of Hello packets sent within one second. Description Use the ospf timer dead command to configure the dead interval of the OSPF peer.

  • Page 365: Ospf Timer Poll

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the ospf timer hello command to configure the interval for transmitting Hello packets on an interface. Use the undo ospf timer hello command to restore the interval to the default value.

  • Page 366: Ospf Timer Retransmit

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Quidway-Vlan-interface20] ospf timer poll 130 3.1.46 ospf timer retransmit Syntax ospf timer retransmit interval undo ospf timer retransmit View Interface view Parameter interval: Interval in seconds for re-transmitting LSA on an interface. It ranges from 1 to 65,535.

  • Page 367: Preference

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter seconds: Transmitting delay of LSA on an interface. It ranges from 1 to 3600. By default, the value is 1 second. Description Use the ospf trans-delay command to configure the LSA transmitting delay on an interface.

  • Page 368: Reset Ospf

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Because multiple dynamic routing protocols could be running on a router, there is the problem of routing information sharing among routing protocols and selection. Therefore, a default preference is specified for each routing protocol. When a route is identified by different protocols, the protocol with a high preference will play a decisive role.

  • Page 369: Router Id

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands <Quidway> reset ospf 200 3.1.50 router id Syntax router id router-id undo router id View System view Parameter router-id: Router ID that is a 32-bit unsigned integer.

  • Page 370: Silent-Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.51 silent-interface Syntax silent-interface { default | Vlan-interface Vlan-interface-number } undo silent-interface { default | Vlan-interface Vlan-interface-number } View OSPF view Parameter Vlan-interface: Specifies the VLAN interface Vlan-interface-number: Specifies the VALAN interface number.

  • Page 371: Snmp-Agent Trap Enable Ospf

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands source-ip: Source IP address. destination-ip: Destination IP address. dead: Dead interval time. minimal: Sends multiple Hello packets within 1 second. The fixed dead interval is 1 second.

  • Page 372: Spf-Schedule-Interval

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands viriftxretransmit, originatelsa, maxagelsa, lsdboverflow, lsdbapproachoverflow: Types of TRAP packets that the switch produces in case of OSPF anomalies. Description Use the snmp-agent trap enable ospf command to enable the OSPF TRAP function.

  • Page 373: Stub

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # Set the OSPF route calculation interval of Quidway to six seconds. [Quidway-ospf-1] spf-schedule-interval 6 3.1.55 stub Syntax stub [ no-summary ] undo stub...
  • Page 374 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View OSPF area view Parameter route-id: Router ID of virtual link peer. dead seconds: Specifies the interval of dead timer. It ranges from 1 to 8192 seconds.
  • Page 375 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Related command: authentication-mode, display ospf. Example # Create a virtual link to 10.110.0.3 and use the MD5 cipher authentication mode. [Quidway-ospf-1] area 10.0.0.0 [Quidway-ospf-1-area-10.0.0.0] vlink-peer 10.110.0.3 md5 3 345 # Specify this virtual link to run Fast Hello function and send five Hello packets.

  • Page 376: Chapter 4 Integrated Is-Is Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Note: When a switch runs a routing protocol, it can perform the router functions. A router that is referred to in the following or its icon represents a generalized router or an S8500 series routing switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 377: Cost-Style

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands osi: If this argument is configured, the system checks the corresponding OSI field in LSP. The configuration of ip or osi authentication password is independent of the real network environment.

  • Page 378: Debugging Isis

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands narrow-compatible: Receives packets whose cost type is narrow or wide, but only sends packets whose cost type is narrow wide-compatible: Receives packets whose cost type is narrow or wide, but only sends packets whose cost type is wide.

  • Page 379: Default-Route-Advertise

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameter adjacency: IS-IS adjacency related packets. all: All IS-IS related debugging information. authentication-error: IS-IS authentication errors. checksum-error: IS-IS checksum errors. circuit-information: Information about IS-IS enabled interface.

  • Page 380: Display Isis Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands undo default-route-advertise [ route-policy route-policy-name ] View IS-IS view Parameter route-policy-name: Name of a route-policy. Description Use the default-route-advertise command to create the default route of L1, L2 router.

  • Page 381: Display Isis Lsdb

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands This command displays the information of the enabled IS-IS interface, including interface name, IP address of the interface, link state of the interface and so on.

  • Page 382: Display Isis Mesh-Group

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the display isis lsdb command to view the link state database of the IS-IS. Example # Display the information of an LSP.

  • Page 383: Display Isis Peer

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.8 display isis peer Syntax display isis peer [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter verbose: When this parameter is configured, the area address carried in the Hello packet from the neighbor will be displayed.

  • Page 384: Display Isis Route

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.9 display isis route Syntax display isis route View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display isis route command to view IS-IS routing information. .

  • Page 385: Display Isis Spf-Log

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.10 display isis spf-log Syntax display isis spf-log View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display isis spf-log command to view the SPF calculation log information of the IS-IS.

  • Page 386: Domain-Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.11 domain-authentication-mode Syntax domain-authentication-mode { simple | md5 } password [ ip | osi ] undo domain-authentication-mode { simple | md5 } [ ip | osi ]...

  • Page 387: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands authentication password into all the level-2 routing packets sent by this node, in a certain mode. Related command: area-authentication-mode, isis authentication-mode. Example # When you need to authenticate the level-2 routing packets, you can select the simple mode, and the password is “huawei”.

  • Page 388: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.13 filter-policy import Syntax filter-policy acl-number import undo filter-policy acl-number import View IS-IS view Parameter acl-number: Specifies the number of the access control list, ranging from 2000 to 3999.

  • Page 389: Import-Route

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the ignore-lsp-checksum-error command to configure the IS-IS to discard LSPs with checksum errors. Use the undo ignore-lsp-checksum-error command to configure the IS-IS to ignore the checksum error of LSP.

  • Page 390: Import-Route Isis Level-2 Into Level-1

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands level-1-2: Configures to import the route into Level-1 and Level-2 routing table. route-policy route-policy-name: Configures to import the routes matching the conditions defined in the specified route-policy only.

  • Page 391: Isis

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Example # Import routing information of a router from a Level-2 area to a Level-1 area through the ACL. [Quidway] isis [Quidway-isis] import-route isis level2 into level1 acl 2100 4.1.17 isis...

  • Page 392: Isis Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands [Quidway] isis [Quidway-isis] network-entity 01.0001.0000.0000.0002.00 4.1.18 isis authentication-mode Syntax isis authentication-mode { simple | md5 } password [ { level-1 | level-2 } [ ip | osi ] ]...

  • Page 393: Isis Circuit-Level

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Related command: area-authentication-mode, domain-authentication-mode. Example # Set the authentication password “tangshi” in plain text for the Level-1 neighboring relationship on Interface Vlan-interface 10. [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 10 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] isis authentication-mode simple tangshi level-1 4.1.19 isis circuit-level...

  • Page 394: Isis Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands [Quidway] interface Vlan-interface 10 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] isis enable [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] isis circuit-level level-1 4.1.20 isis cost Syntax isis cost value [ level-1 | level-2 ] undo isis cost [ level-1 | level-2 ]...

  • Page 395: Isis Enable

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter value: The priority when selecting DIS. Its value ranges 0 to 127, and the default priority is 64. level-1: Specifies the priority when selecting Level-1 DIS.

  • Page 396: Isis Mesh-Group

    IS-IS process. The IS-IS protocol is actually enabled upon the completion of these configurations. Related command: isis, network-entity. Example # Create an IS-IS routing process named “huawei”, and activate this routing process on interface Vlan-interface 10. [Quidway] isis huawei [Quidway-isis] network-entity 10.0001.1010.1020.1030.00...

  • Page 397: Isis Timer Csnp

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands The interface joining a mesh group only floods the received LSP to the interfaces beyond the local mesh group. Make sure to provide some redundancy when adding an interface to a mesh group or blocking it, avoiding the affect to the normal flooding of the LSP due to link failure.

  • Page 398: Isis Timer Hello

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.25 isis timer hello Syntax isis timer hello seconds [ level-1 | level-2 ] undo isis timer hello [ level-1 | level-2 ] View...

  • Page 399: Isis Timer Holding-Multiplier

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter minimal: Sets the sending interval to the minimum value. In this case, the hold time is 1 second. level-1: Specifies that the sending interval resulting from this command is for level-1 Hello packets.

  • Page 400: Isis Timer Lsp

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameter value: Number of consecutive Hello packets that haven't been received from the IS-IS neighbor for it to be considered dead. It ranges from 3 to 1000.

  • Page 401: Timer Lsp-Generation

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter time: Specifies the LSP interval, ranging from 1 to 1000 and measured in milliseconds. The default value is 33 milliseconds.

  • Page 402: Isis Timer Retransmit

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the timer lsp-generaion command to set the time interval to generate LSPs (link state packets). Use the undo timer lsp-generation command to restore the default setting.

  • Page 403: Is-Level

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.31 is-level Syntax is-level { level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 } undo is-level View IS-IS view Parameter level-1: Configures the router to operate at Level-1, only calculate the intra-area routes and maintain the LSDB of L1.

  • Page 404: Md5-Compatible

    Use the undo md5-compatible command to return to the defaults. By default, the system uses the MD5 algorithm in IS-IS which is compatible with that of Huawei. To authenticate the devices of the vendors other than Huawei using MD5 algorithm in IS-IS, configure this command. Example # Set the IS-IS to use the MD5 algorithm compatible with that of the other vendors.

  • Page 405: Network-Entity

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands [Quidway] isis [Quidway-isis] md5-compatible 4.1.34 network-entity Syntax network-entity network-entity-title undo network-entity network-entity-title View IS-IS view Parameter network-entity-title: Specify the network entity title in the X…X.XXXX..XXXX.00 format, in which the first “X…X”...

  • Page 406: Preference

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.35 preference Syntax preference value undo preference View IS-IS view Parameter value: Specifies the preference, ranging from1 to 255. By default, the value is 15.

  • Page 407: Reset Isis Peer

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands This command is used when LSPs need refreshing immediately. For example, after the area-authentication-mode and domain-authentication-mode commands are executed, the old LSP still remain on the router. This command can be used to clear them.

  • Page 408: Silent-Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the set-overload command to set overload flag for the current router. Use the undo set-overload command to cancel the overload flag. By default, no overload flag is set.

  • Page 409: Spf-Delay-Interval

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.40 spf-delay-interval Syntax spf-delay-interval number undo spf-delay-interval View IS-IS view Parameter number: Specifies number of routes to process before releasing CPU. It is in unit of piece with the range from 1000 to 50000.
  • Page 410 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameter seconds: Duration of one cycle in seconds of SPF calculation in the range from 0 to 120. When the calculation duration time reaches or exceeds the set value, the calculation of this time ends.

  • Page 411: Timer Lsp-Max-Age

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the summary command to configure to summarize IS-IS routes. Use the undo summary command to cancel the summarization. By default, no routes will be summarized.

  • Page 412: Timer Lsp-Refresh

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands [Quidway-isis] timer lsp-max-age 1500 4.1.44 timer lsp-refresh Syntax timer lsp-refresh seconds undo timer lsp-refresh View IS-IS view Parameter seconds: Specifies the LSP refreshment interval, measured in seconds. The range is 1 to 65535.
  • Page 413 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands y: Interval (in milliseconds) between a trigger operation and an SPF calculation operation. It ranges from 1 to 120,000 and defaults to 5,500. z: Interval (in milliseconds) between two successive SPF calcaulation operations. It ranges from 1 to 120,000 and defaults to 5,500.

  • Page 414: Chapter 5 Bgp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Note: When a switch runs a routing protocol, it can perform the router functions. A router that is referred to in the following or its icon represents a generalized router or an S8500 series routing switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 415: Balance

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the aggregate command to establish an aggregated record in the BGP routing table. Use the undo aggregate command to disable the function. By default, there is no route aggregation.

  • Page 416: Bgp

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameter balance-number: Specifies the number of BGP equivalent routes. Description Use the balance command to set the number of BGP equivalent routes currently supported by the system.

  • Page 417: Compare-Different-As-Med

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.4 compare-different-as-med Syntax compare-different-as-med undo compare-different-as-med View BGP view Parameter None Description Use the compare-different-as-med command to enable comparison of MED values from different AS neighboring routes.

  • Page 418: Confederation Nonstandard

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the confederation id command to configure confederation identifier. Use the undo confederation id command to cancel the BGP confederation specified by as-number argument.

  • Page 419: Confederation Peer-As

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the confederation nonstandard command to configure the router to be compatible with routers not following RFC1965. Use the undo confederation nonstandard command to disable this function.

  • Page 420: Dampening

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands ASs in this command are inside the confederation and each AS uses fully meshed network. The confederation appears as a single AS to the routers outside it.

  • Page 421: Debugging Bgp

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Related command: reset dampening, reset bgp flap-info, display bgp routing-table dampened, display bgp routing-table flap-info. Example # Modify the BGP route dampening parameters. [Quidway-bgp] dampening 15 15 1000 2000 10000 5.1.9 debugging bgp...

  • Page 422: Default Local-Preference

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Use the debugging bgp keepalive command to enable the information debugging of BGP Keepalive packets. Use the debugging bgp packet command to enable the information debugging of BGP packets.

  • Page 423: Display Bgp Group

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameter med-value: MED value to be specified. The range is 0 to 4294967295. By default, the med-value is 0. Description Use the default med command to configure the default system metric.

  • Page 424: Display Bgp Network

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands as-number : 200 members in this group : 10.1.1.1 11.1.1.1 configuration within the group : no export policy route-policy no export policy filter-policy no export policy acl...

  • Page 425: Display Bgp Paths

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Display the routing information that has been configured. <Quidway> display bgp network Network Mask Route-policy 133.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 None 112.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 None Table 5-3 Description of the fields of the display bgp network command...

  • Page 426: Display Bgp Peer

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Table 5-4 Description of the fields of the display bgp paths command Field Description State flags: # - valid (valid) ^ - best (selected) Flags D –...
  • Page 427 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp peer command to view the information about BGP peers. Example # Display the detail information of the peer 201.1.1.2. <Quidway> display bgp peer 201.1.1.2 verbose Peer: 201.1.1.2+179...
  • Page 428 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description State State of peer Flags Flags of peer Last State Last state before entering the current state Last Event Last event of neighbor state machine...

  • Page 429: Display Bgp Routing-Table As-Path-Acl

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 129.1.8.0/24 5.5.5.5 129.1.9.0/24 5.5.5.5 129.1.10.0/24 5.5.5.5 Table 5-6 Description of the fields of the display bgp routing-table command Field Description State flags: # - valid (valid) ^ - best (selected) D –...
  • Page 430 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameter acl-number: Specifies matched AS path list number ranging from 1 to 199. Description Use the display bgp routing-table as-path-acl command to view routes that match an as-path acl.

  • Page 431: Display Bgp Routing-Table Cidr

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Origin attribute of route, which indicates that the route updates its origin relative to the route originating it from AS. It has three optional values: The route belongs to inside of AS.

  • Page 432: Display Bgp Routing-Table Community

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands For detailed description of the output information, see Table 5-6. 5.1.19 display bgp routing-table community Syntax display bgp routing-table community [ aa:nn | no-export-subconfed |...
  • Page 433 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter community-list-number: Specifies a community-list. whole-match: Configures to display the exactly matched routes. Description Use the display bgp routing-table community-list command to view the routing information matching the specified BGP community list.
  • Page 434 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp routing-table dampened command to view BGP dampened routes. Example # View BGP dampened information. <Quidway> display bgp routing-table dampened Flags:...

  • Page 435: Display Bgp Routing-Table Different-Origin-As

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Origin attribute of route, which indicates that the route updates its origin relative to the route originating it from AS. It has three optional values: The route belongs to inside of AS.

  • Page 436: Display Bgp Routing-Table Flap-Info

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 10.10.10.0/24 10.10.10.2 10.10.10.0/24 10.10.10.1 For detailed description of the output information, see Table 5-6. 5.1.23 display bgp routing-table flap-info Syntax display bgp routing-table flap-info [ { regular-expression as-regular-expression } |...

  • Page 437: Display Bgp Routing-Table Peer

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Table 5-9 Description of the fields of the display bgp routing-table flap-info command Item Description State flags: # - valid (valid) ^ - best (selected) Flags D –...

  • Page 438: Display Bgp Routing-Table Regular-Expression

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameter peer-address: Specifies the peer to be displayed. advertised: Routing information advertised by the specified peer. received: Routing information the specified peer received. network-address mask : IP address and address mask of destination network.
  • Page 439 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Display the routing information matched with ^600$. <Quidway> display bgp routing-table regular-expression ^600$ Flags: # - valid, ^ - best, D - damped,...
  • Page 440 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Peer: 200.1.7.2+1062 Advertised routes total: 516 Peer: 150.1.1.2+179 Advertised routes total: 346 Peer: 2 133.1.1.2+179 Advertised routes total: 116 # Display the routing information received by all BGP peers.

  • Page 441: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Use ACL 2000 to filter the routing information advertised by BGP. [Quidway-bgp] filter-policy 2000 export 5.1.28 filter-policy import Syntax filter-policy gateway ip-prefix-name import...

  • Page 442: Group

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.29 group Syntax group group-name [ internal | external ] undo group group-name View BGP view Parameter group-name: Specifies the name of the peer group. It can consist of numbers or letters with a length ranging from 1 to 47.

  • Page 443: Network

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameter protocol: Specifies source routing protocols which can be imported, which include direct, ospf, ospf-nssa , ospf-ase, rip, isis and static at present. med med-value: Specifies the MED value loaded by an imported route, ranging from 0 to 4294967295.

  • Page 444: Peer Advertise-Community

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Advertise routes to the network segment 10.0.0.0/16. [Quidway-bgp] network 10.0.0.1 255.255.0.0 5.1.32 peer advertise-community Syntax peer group-name advertise-community undo peer group-name advertise-community View...

  • Page 445: Peer As-Number

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands number: Specifies the repeating times of local AS, ranging from 1 to 10. Description Use the peer allow-as-loop command to configure the repeating time of local AS.

  • Page 446: Peer As-Path-Acl Import

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands undo peer group-name as-path-acl acl-number export View BGP view Parameter group-name: Specifies name of the peer group. acl-number: Number of an AS path list, in the range of 1 to 199.

  • Page 447: Peer Connect-Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer as-path-acl import command to configure filtering policy of BGP received routes based on AS path list. Use the undo peer as-path-acl import command to cancel the existing configuration.

  • Page 448: Peer Default-Route-Advertise

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.38 peer default-route-advertise Syntax peer group-name default-route-advertise undo peer group-name default-route-advertise View BGP view Parameter group-name: Specifies name of the peer group. Description Use the peer default-route-advertise command to configure a peer group to generate a default route for a peer.

  • Page 449: Peer Ebgp-Max-Hop

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer description command to configure the description information of the peer/peer group. Use the undo peer description command to cancel the description information of the peer/peer group.

  • Page 450: Peer Enable

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.41 peer enable Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } enable undo peer { group-name | peer-address } enable View BGP view Parameter group-name: Specifies the name of the peer group which specifies the entire peer group.

  • Page 451: Peer Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer filter-policy export command to configure the filter-policy list of routes advertised by a peer group. Use the undo peer filter-policy export command to cancel the existing configuration.

  • Page 452: Peer Graceful-Restart

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Configure to use acl 2000 to filter the routes received by the peer group test.. [Quidway-bgp] peer test filter-policy 2000 import 5.1.44 peer graceful-restart...

  • Page 453: Peer Group

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands [Quidway-bgp] undo peer 10.1.1.1 graceful-restart 5.1.45 peer group Syntax peer peer-address group group-name [ as-number as-number ] undo peer peer-address View BGP view Parameter group-name: Specifies the name of the peer group, which can consist of letters and numbers with a length ranging from 1 to 47.

  • Page 454: Peer Ip-Prefix Import

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameter group-name: Name of peer group. prefixname: Name of the specified ip-prefix. It is a character string of 1 to 19 characters.

  • Page 455: Peer Next-Hop-Local

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer ip-prefix import command to configure the route filtering policy of routes received by the peer/peer group based on the ip-prefix. Use the undo peer ip-prefix import command to cancel the route filtering policy of the peer/peer group based on the ip-prefix.

  • Page 456: Peer Password

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.49 peer password Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } password { cipher | simple } password undo peer { group-name | peer-address } password...

  • Page 457: Peer Public-As-Only

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.50 peer public-as-only Syntax peer group-name public-as-only undo peer group-name public-as-only View BGP view Parameter group-name: Name of a peer group. Description Use the peer public-as-only command to configure not to carry the AS number when transmitting BGP update packets.

  • Page 458: Peer Reflect-Client

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands time-value: Restart-time value of the peer, in seconds. Description Use the peer restart-timer command to configure the Graceful-restart Restart-time of a peer or peer group.

  • Page 459: Peer Route-Policy Export

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands [Quidway-bgp] peer test reflect-client 5.1.53 peer route-policy export Syntax peer group-name route-policy route-policy-name export undo peer group-name route-policy route-policy-name export View BGP view Parameter group-name: Name of peer group.

  • Page 460: Peer Route-Update-Interval

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands route-policy-name: The specified Route-policy. Description Use the peer route-policy import command to assign the Route-policy to the route coming from the peer/peer group. Use the undo peer route-policy import command to delete the specified Route-policy.

  • Page 461: Peer Shutdown

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Configure the interval of sending the route update packet of the BGP peer group “test” as 10 seconds. [Quidway-bgp] peer test as-number 100 [Quidway-bgp] peer test route-update-interval 10 5.1.56 peer shutdown...

  • Page 462: Preference

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands undo peer { group-name | peer-address } timer View BGP view Parameter group-name: Name of peer group. peer-address: IP address of the peer. keepalive-interval: Keepalive interval to be specified. The range is 1 to 4294967295. By default, its value is 60 seconds.

  • Page 463: Reflect Between-Clients

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the preference command to configure BGP preference. Use the undo preference command to restore the default preference. Three types of routes may be involved in BGP: routes learned from external peers, routes learned from internal peers and local-originated routes.

  • Page 464: Reflector Cluster-Id

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.60 reflector cluster-id Syntax reflector cluster-id { cluster-id | address } undo reflector cluster-id View BGP view Parameter cluster-id: Specifies the cluster ID of the route reflector with the range from 1 to 4294967295.

  • Page 465: Reset Bgp

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameter all: Resets all the connections with BGP. peer-address: Resets the connection with a specified BGP peer. group-name: Resets the connection with a specified BGP peer group.

  • Page 466: Reset Bgp Flap-Info

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands If the BGP policy or the protocol configuration changes, resetting the BGP connection can make the newly configured policy take effect immediately. Example # Reset all the BGP connections to enable the new configuration (after configuring the new Keepalive interval and Holdtime interval using the timer command).

  • Page 467: Reset Dampening

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameter group-name: Specifies the name of the peer group. It is a character string of 1 to 47 characters. Description Use the reset bgp group command to reset the connections between the BGP and all the members of a group.

  • Page 468: Timer

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameter None Description Use the summary command to configure auto aggregation of sub-network routes. Use the undo summary command to disable auto aggregation of sub-network routes.

  • Page 469: Undo Synchronization

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.68 undo synchronization Syntax undo synchronization View BGP view Parameter None Description Use the undo synchronization command to cancel the synchronization of BGP and IGP.

  • Page 470: Chapter 6 Ip Routing Policy Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Note: In this chapter, a router refers to a general router or an Ethernet switch. To improve readability, such a description of a router will not be given in the other parts of the manual.

  • Page 471: Apply Community

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Description Use the apply as-path command to configure AS number to be added in front of the original AS path in Route-policy. Use the undo apply as-path command to cancel the AS sequence number added in front of the original AS path.

  • Page 472: Apply Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands If the matching conditions defined in the Route-policy are satisfied, the BGP community attribute is set. Related command: ip community-list, if-match community-list, route-policy, display bgp routing-table community.

  • Page 473: Apply Cost-Type

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.4 apply cost-type Syntax apply cost-type [ internal | external ] undo apply cost-type View Route policy View Parameter internal: For BGP, it indicates when a BGP peer advertises routes to its EBGP peer, the peer uses the cost value of IGP as the MED value of BGP.

  • Page 474: Apply Isis

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands By default, no Apply sub-statement is defined. This command is one of the Apply sub-statements of Route-policy. When it is used for setting route information attribute, it sets the next hop address area of route information passing filtration.

  • Page 475: Apply Local-Preference

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.7 apply local-preference Syntax apply local-preference local-preference undo apply local-preference View Route policy view Parameter local-preference: Newly set local preference. Description Use the apply local-preference command to configure to apply the local preference of route information.

  • Page 476: Apply Tag

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Description Use the apply origin command to configure to apply the route source. Use the undo apply origin command to cancel the Apply sub-statement.

  • Page 477: Display Route-Policy

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter ip-prefix-name: Specifies displayed address prefix list name. Description Use the display ip ip-prefix command to view the address prefix list.
  • Page 478 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Description Use the display route-policy command to view the configured Route-policy. If the route-policy-name argument is not specified, all configured Route-policies are displayed.

  • Page 479: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Parameter acl-number: Number of the access control list used for matching the destination address field of the routing information. ip-prefix-name: Address prefix list used for matching the routing information destination address field.

  • Page 480: If-Match { Acl | Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands gateway ip-prefix-name: The prefix address list name of the neighbor router address. Its matching object is the routing information advertised by the specified neighbor router.

  • Page 481: If-Match As-Path

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Related commands: if-match interface, if-match ip next-hop, if-match cost, if-match tag, route-policy, apply ip next-hop, apply cost, apply local-preference, apply origin, apply tag.

  • Page 482: If-Match Community

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.16 if-match community Syntax if-match community basic-community-number whole-match adv-community-number } undo if-match community View Route policy view Parameter basic-community-list-number: Basic community list number, ranging from 1 to 99.

  • Page 483: If-Match Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.17 if-match cost Syntax if-match cost value undo if-match cost View Route policy view Parameter value: Specifies the required route metric value, ranging from 0 to 4294967295.

  • Page 484: If-Match Ip Next-Hop

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Description Use the if-match interface command to configure to match the route whose next hop is designated interface. Use the undo if-match interface command to cancel the setting of matching condition.

  • Page 485: If-Match Tag

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands By default, no if-match sub-statement is defined. This command is an if-match sub-statement of route-policy used to filter the routing information based on next hop address by referencing an ACL or an address prefix list.

  • Page 486: Ip Community-List

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands ip as-path-acl acl-number { permit | deny } as-regular-expression undo ip as-path-acl acl-number View System view Parameter acl-number: Number of AS path list, ranging from 1 to 199.

  • Page 487: Ip Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands no-export-subconfed: Used not to advertise the matched route beyond the sub-ASs. no-advertise: Used not to send the matched route to any peer. no-export: Does not advertise routes beyond the AS or the confederation, but can advertise routes to other sub-ASs within the confederation.

  • Page 488: Route-Policy

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands prefix list, the route is denied without further check. If otherwise, the IP address is checked against the next address prefix entry. network: The IP address prefix range (IP address). If it is 0.0.0.0 0, all the IP addresses are matched.
  • Page 489 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Parameter route-policy-name: Specifies the Route-policy name to identify one Route-policy uniquely. permit: Specifies the match mode of the defined Route-policy node as permit mode.

  • Page 490: Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands 7.1 Route Capacity Configuration Commands 7.1.1 router route-limit Syntax router route-limit { 128K | 256K | 512K }...
  • Page 491 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands Parameter 256: Sets the maximum number of VPN routing & forwarding instances (VRFs) supported by current system to 256. 512: Sets the maximum number of VRFs supported by current system to 512.
  • Page 492 Command Manual – Routing Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 8 Recursive Routing Configuration Chapter 8 Recursive Routing Configuration 8.1 Recursive Routing Configuration Commands 8.1.1 route-rely Syntax route-rely [ bgp | static ] undo route-rely [ bgp | static ]...
  • Page 493 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual Multicast Protocol Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 494 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands............... 1-1 1.1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands ............... 1-1 1.1.1 debugging mpm....................... 1-1 1.1.2 display igmp-snooping configuration............... 1-2 1.1.3 display igmp-snooping group .................. 1-2 1.1.4 display igmp-snooping statistics................
  • Page 495 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 3.1.16 reset multicast routing-table ................3-17 Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands ................4-1 4.1 IGMP Configuration Commands..................4-1 4.1.1 debugging igmp....................... 4-1 4.1.2 display igmp group ....................4-1 4.1.3 display igmp interface .....................
  • Page 496 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 5.1.20 register-policy ...................... 5-19 5.1.21 reset pim neighbor ....................5-20 5.1.22 reset pim routing-table ..................5-20 5.1.23 source-policy ....................... 5-21 5.1.24 static-rp........................ 5-22 Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands ................6-1 6.1 MSDP Configuration Commands..................
  • Page 497 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 7.1.10 display bgp multicast routing-table as-path-acl............. 7-7 7.1.11 display bgp multicast routing-table cidr..............7-7 7.1.12 display bgp multicast routing-table community ............. 7-8 7.1.13 display bgp multicast routing-table community-list..........7-8 7.1.14 display bgp multicast routing-table different-origin-as ..........

  • Page 498: Chapter 1 Igmp Snooping Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging mpm Syntax debugging mpm { abnormal | all | event | forward | groups | packets | timer }...

  • Page 499: Display Igmp-Snooping Configuration

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1.2 display igmp-snooping configuration Syntax display igmp-snooping configuration View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display igmp-snooping configuration command to view the IGMP Snooping configuration information.

  • Page 500: Display Igmp-Snooping Statistics

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Parameter vlan vlan-id: Specifies the VLAN where the multicast group to be viewed is located. When the parameter is omitted, the command will display the information about all the multicast groups on the VLAN.

  • Page 501: Igmp-Snooping

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display igmp-snooping statistics command to view the statistics information on IGMP Snooping. This command displays the information such as the number of received general IGMP...
  • Page 502 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Parameter enable: Enables IGMP Snooping. disable: Disables IGMP Snooping; Description Use the igmp-snooping enable command to enable IGMP Snooping. Use the igmp-snooping disable command to disable IGMP Snooping.

  • Page 503: Igmp-Snooping Fast-Leave

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands [Quidway-vlan10] igmp-snooping enable 1.1.6 igmp-snooping fast-leave Syntax igmp-snooping fast-leave [ vlan { vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] }&<1-10> ] undo igmp-snooping fast-leave [ vlan { vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] } &<1-10> ]...
  • Page 504 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Note: Fast leaves that are configured in system view and Ethernet port view operate separately. Fast leave works on all ports of the specified VLANs if you configure it in system view.
  • Page 505 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands [Quidway-Ethernet2/1/1] igmp-snooping fast-leave vlan 5 7 to 8 30 to 40 50 55 60 to 61 # Enable IGMP Snooping fast leave on the Ethernet2/1/1 port in all VLANs.

  • Page 506: Igmp-Snooping Group-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1.7 igmp-snooping group-policy Syntax igmp-snooping group-policy acl-number undo igmp-snooping group-policy View VLAN view Parameter acl-number: Number of basic ACL, in the range of 2,000 to 2,999.

  • Page 507: Igmp-Snooping Host-Aging-Time

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1.8 igmp-snooping host-aging-time Syntax igmp-snooping host-aging-time seconds undo igmp-snooping host-aging-time View System view Parameter seconds: Port aging time for the multicast group member, ranging from 200 to 1000 seconds.

  • Page 508: Igmp-Snooping Nonflooding-Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Description Use the igmp-snooping max-response-time command to configure the maximum response time for a query. Use the undo igmp-snooping max-response-time command to restore the default value.

  • Page 509: Igmp-Snooping Router-Aging-Time

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Example # Enable multicast packets not to be broadcasted within the VLAN. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] igmp-snooping nonflooding-enable 1.1.11 igmp-snooping router-aging-time...

  • Page 510: Multicast Static Routing Port Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands View User view Parameter None Description Using reset igmp-snooping statistics command, you can reset the IGMP Snooping statistic information. Related command: igmp-snooping. Example # Clear IGMP Snooping statistic information.

  • Page 511: Igmp-Snooping Mrouter Vlan

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Caution: You will fail to configure a port to be a static routing port if the port identified by the port-number argument does not exist or does not belong to the VLAN.
  • Page 512 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Description Use the igmp-snooping mrouter vlan command to configure the port to be a static routing port of the specified VLAN, through which IGMP packets can be transparently transmitted, so as to meet the requirements of specific networks.

  • Page 513: Chapter 2 Multicast Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands 2.1 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands 2.1.1 service-type multicast Syntax service-type multicast undo service-type multicast View VLAN view Parameter...
  • Page 514 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] vlan 2 [Quidway-vlan2] service-type multicast Huawei Technologies Proprietary...

  • Page 515: Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands 3.1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands 3.1.1 broadcast-suppression Syntax broadcast-suppression { ratio | bandwidth bandwidth } undo broadcast-suppression View...

  • Page 516: Debugging Multicast Forwarding

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Caution: You cannot enable both broadcast suppression and multicast suppression simultaneously on the same card. Namely, once you have enabled broadcast suppression on some ports of a card, you cannot enable multicast suppression on the other ports of the card, and vice versa.

  • Page 517: Debugging Multicast Kernel-Routing

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Description Use the debugging multicast forwarding command to enable multicast packet forwarding debugging functions. Use the undo debugging multicast forwarding command to disable the debugging functions.

  • Page 518: Display Mpm Forwarding-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging multicast status-forwarding command to enable multicast forwarding status debugging functions. Use the undo debugging multicast status-forwarding command to disable the debugging functions.
  • Page 519 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Multicast Forwarding Cache Table Total 1 entry (entries) 00001. (10.11.113.110, 226.1.1.1) in-vlan Vlan1 2 out-vlan(s): Vlan20 Ethernet5/1/33 Vlan10 Ethernet5/1/31 Total 1 entry(entries) Listed The descriptions about the displayed information are shown in Table 3-3.
  • Page 520 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Parameter vlan vlan-id: Specifies the VLAN the desired multicast group resides in. ip-address: IP address of the desired multicast group. Description Use the display mpm group command to display the information about the IP multicast groups or MAC multicast groups in a specified VLAN.
  • Page 521 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Member port(s):Ethernet2/1/2 MAC group(s): MAC group address:01-00-5e-2d-2d-01 Member port(s):Ethernet2/1/2 Table 3-2 Description on the fields of the display mpm group command Field Description Vlan(id):2.
  • Page 522 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Description Use the display multicast forwarding-table command to view the information of multicast forwarding table. Caution: You must use multicast routing-enable command in system view to enable IP multicast routing before you can view the multicast forwarding table information.

  • Page 523: Display Multicast Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Field Description Multicast forwarding cache table has an iif Vlan-interface1, 1 oifs incoming interface Vlan-interface 1 and one outgoing interface List of outgoing interface:...
  • Page 524 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Caution: You must use multicast routing-enable command in system view to enable IP multicast routing before you can view the multicast routing table information.

  • Page 525: Ip Managed-Multicast

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Field Description Multicast routing table lasts 15’16” and Uptime: 00:15:16, Timeout in 272 sec times out in 272 seconds. Upstream interface: Upstream interface vlan-interface 1 (its Vlan-interface1(4.4.4.6)

  • Page 526: Multicast

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands undo local-user [ domain domain-name ] ip-address View System view Parameter ip-address: IP address of the multicast group. mask-length: Mask length of the multicast group.

  • Page 527: Multicast Route-Limit

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Description Use the multicast command to configure the multicast groups so that users can join the multicast group (the managed multicast). Use the undo multicast command to remove the configuration.

  • Page 528: Multicast Routing-Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Parameter limit: Limits the capacity of multicast routing table. Description Use the multicast route-limit command to limit the capacity of multicast routing table. When the preset capacity is exceeded, the router will discard new (S, G) protocol and data packets.

  • Page 529: Multicast-Suppression

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Example # Enable multicast routing. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] multicast routing-enable 3.1.14 multicast-suppression Syntax multicast-suppression { ratio | bandwidth bandwidth }...

  • Page 530: Reset Multicast Forwarding-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Caution: You cannot enable both broadcast suppression and multicast suppression simultaneously on the same card. Namely, once you have enabled broadcast suppression on some ports of a card, you cannot enable multicast suppression on the other ports of the card, and vice versa.

  • Page 531: Reset Multicast Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands all: All MFC forward entries. group-address: Specifies multicast group address. group-mask: Specifies Mask of multicast group address group-mask-length: Specifies mask length of multicast group address.
  • Page 532 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Parameter all: All route entries in the core multicast routing table. group-address: Specifies multicast group address. group-mask: Specifies Mask of multicast group address group-mask-length: Specifies mask length of multicast group address.

  • Page 533: Chapter 4 Igmp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4.1 IGMP Configuration Commands 4.1.1 debugging igmp Syntax debugging igmp { all | event | host | packet | timer }...

  • Page 534: Display Igmp Interface

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands Parameter group-address: Address of the multicast group. vlan-interface interface-number: VLAN interface number. Description Use the display igmp group command to view the member information of the IGMP multicast group.
  • Page 535 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands Parameter vlan-interface interface-number: VLAN interface number of the router, used to specify the interface. If the parameters are omitted, information about all the interfaces running IGMP will be displayed.

  • Page 536: Igmp Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands Field Description query timeout Query timeout for IGMP V1 Policy to accept IGMP Filter policy for the IGMP multicast group to control the reports accesses to the IP multicast group...

  • Page 537: Igmp Fast-Leave

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands Example # Enable IGMP on Vlan-interface 10. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway]interface vlan-interface 10 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] igmp enable 4.1.5 igmp fast-leave Syntax igmp fast-leave [ vlan { vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] } &<1-10>...
  • Page 538 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands Note: Fast leaves that are configured in system view and Ethernet port view operate separately. Fast leave works on all ports of the specified VLANs if you configure it in system view.

  • Page 539: Igmp Group-Limit

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands # Enable IGMP fast leave on all Ethernet ports in VLAN 5. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] igmp fast-leave vlan 5 # Enable IGMP fast leave for on all Ethernet ports except those in VLAN 5.

  • Page 540: Igmp Group-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4.1.7 igmp group-policy Syntax igmp group-policy acl-number undo igmp group-policy View VLAN view Parameter acl-number: Number of basic ACL, in the range of 2,000 to 2,999.

  • Page 541: Igmp Host-Join Port

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4.1.8 igmp host-join port Syntax igmp host-join group-address port interface-type interface- number [ to { interface-type interface- number ] undo igmp host-join group-address port { interface-type interface-number [ to...

  • Page 542: Igmp Lastmember-Queryinterval

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands Parameter group-address: Address of the multicast group to be joined. vlan-id: VLAN where the port belongs to. Description Use the igmp host-join vlan command to make an Ethernet join a multicast group.

  • Page 543: Igmp Max-Response-Time

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands This command is valid only when the query router runs IGMP v2. If the host runs IGMP v1 , it does not send an IGMP Leave message when it leaves a group, so this command is invalid for the IGMP query router.

  • Page 544: Igmp Robust-Count

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4.1.12 igmp robust-count Syntax igmp robust-count robust-value undo igmp robust-count View VLAN interface view Parameter robust-value: IGMP robust value, number of times the IGMP query router sends IGMP group query message after it receives the IGMP Leave message from the host.

  • Page 545: Igmp Timer Query

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands Description Use the igmp timer other-querier-present command to configure the timer of presence of the IGMP querier. Use the undo igmp timer other-querier-present command to restore the default value.

  • Page 546: Igmp Version

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands A multicast router periodically sends out IGMP query messages to check whether there are multicast group members on the network. The query interval can be modified according to the practical conditions of the network.

  • Page 547: Reset Igmp Group

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands 4.1.16 reset igmp group Syntax reset igmp group { all | interface vlan-interface interface-number { all | group-address [ group-mask ] } } View User view Parameter all: All IGMP groups.
  • Page 548 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 IGMP Configuration Commands View VLAN interface view Parameter interface-type: Proxy interface type. interface-number: Proxy interface number. Description Use the igmp proxy command to enable IGMP proxy for the VLAN interface and specify the IGMP proxy interface of the VLAN interface.

  • Page 549: Chapter 5 Pim Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5.1 PIM Configuration Commands 5.1.1 bsr-policy Syntax bsr-policy acl-number undo bsr-policy View PIM view Parameter acl-number: ACL number imported in BSR filtering policy, in the range of 2000 to 2999.

  • Page 550: C-Bsr

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Problems may still exist if a legal BSR is attacked, though these two measures can effectively guarantee high BSR security. The source parameter in the rule command is translated as BSR address in the bsr-policy command.

  • Page 551: C-Rp

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands When configure the candidate BSR, the larger bandwidth should be guaranteed since a great amount of information will be exchanged between BSR and other devices in the PIM domain.

  • Page 552: Crp-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Example # Configure the switch to advertise itself as a C-RP in the PIM domain to BSR. The standard access list 2000 defines the groups related to the RP. The address of C-RP is designated as the IP address of VLAN-interface10.

  • Page 553: Debugging Pim Common

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands command, and the destination parameter as the service group range of this C-RP address. For the C-RP messages received, only when their C-RP addresses match the source address and their server group addresses are subset of those in ACL, can the be considered as matched.

  • Page 554: Debugging Pim Dm

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Example # Enable all common PIM debugging functions <Quidway> debugging pim common all 5.1.6 debugging pim dm Syntax debugging pim dm { alert | all | mrt | timer | warning | { recv | send } { all | assert |...

  • Page 555: Debugging Pim Sm

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5.1.7 debugging pim sm Syntax debugging pim sm { all | mbr { alert | fresh } | verbose | mrt | msdp | timer { assert...

  • Page 556: Display Pim Bsr-Info

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5.1.8 display pim bsr-info Syntax display pim bsr-info View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display pim bsr command to view the BSR information.
  • Page 557 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number, used to specify the interface. Description Use the display pim interface command to view the PIM interface configuration information.

  • Page 558: Display Pim Neighbor

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Field Description PIM DR Designated router 5.1.10 display pim neighbor Syntax display pim neighbor [ interface interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number, used to specify the interface.

  • Page 559: Display Pim Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands 5.1.11 display pim routing-table Syntax display pim routing-table [ { { *g [ group-address [ mask { mask-length | mask } ] ] | **rp [ rp-address [ mask { mask-length | mask } ] ] } | { group-address [ mask...

  • Page 560: Display Pim Rp-Info

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands UpTime: 23:59, Timeout after 196 seconds Upstream interface: VLAN-interface2, RPF neighbor: NULL Downstream interface list: NULL (192.168.1.2, 224.2.181.90), Protocol 0x20: PIMSM, Flag 0x4: SPT UpTime: 23:59, Timeout after 196 seconds...

  • Page 561: Pim

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands BSR is: 20.20.20.20 Group/MaskLen: 224.0.0.0/4 RP 20.20.20.20 Version: 2 Priority: 0 Uptime: 00:00:05 Expires: 00:02:25 Adv-Period: 60 seconds Holdtime: 150 seconds The following table details the display information.

  • Page 562: Pim Bsr-Boundary

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the pim command to enter the PIM view and configure the PIM global parameters. Note that the command does not enable the PIM protocol.

  • Page 563: Pim Dm

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Caution: The pim bsr-boundary command cannot build a multicast boundary. It just sets up a PIM bootstrap message boundary. Related command: c-bsr. Example # Configure domain border on VLAN-interface10.

  • Page 564: Pim Neighbor-Limit

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] pim dm 5.1.16 pim neighbor-limit Syntax pim neighbor-limit limit undo pim neighbor-limit View VLAN interface view Parameter limit: Limits of PIM neighbors on the interface, in the range of 0~128.

  • Page 565: Pim Sm

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the pim neighbor-policy command to set to filter the PIM neighbors on the current interface. Use the undo pim neighbor-policy command to remove the setting.

  • Page 566: Pim Timer Hello

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Related command: multicast routing-enable. Example # Enable PIM-SM on VLAN-interface10. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway]interface vlan-interface 10 [Quidway-Vlan-interface10] pim sm 5.1.19 pim timer hello...

  • Page 567: Register-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Note: You must enable a PIM protocol (PIM-DM or PIM-SM) in VLAN interface view before you can proceed with this configuration. When you configure the time interval for a port to send Hello packets, the PIM neighbor hold-time value is automatically set to 3.5 times the Hello interval.

  • Page 568: Reset Pim Neighbor

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands [Quidway-acl-adv-3010] rule permit source 10.10.0.0 0.0.255.255 destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 [Quidway-acl-adv-3010] quit [Quidway] multicast routing-enable [Quidway] pim [Quidway-pim] register-policy 3010 5.1.21 reset pim neighbor Syntax reset pim neighbor { all | { neighbor-address | interface interface-type...

  • Page 569: Source-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands Parameter all: All PIM neighbors. group-address: Specifies group address. mask group-mask: Specifies group mask. mask-length group-mask-length: Specifies mask length of the group address. source-address: Specifies source address.

  • Page 570: Static-Rp

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands View PIM view Parameter acl-number: Basic or advanced ACL, in the range of 2000 to 3999. Description Use the source-policy command to set the router to filter the multicast data packets based on source (or group) address.
  • Page 571 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands View PIM view Parameter rp-address: Static RP address, only being legal unicast IP address. acl-number: Basic ACL, used to control the range of multicast group served by static RP, which ranges from 2000 to 2999.
  • Page 572 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 5 PIM Configuration Commands # Remove the static RP with the IP address of 10.110.0.6. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] multicast routing-enable [Quidway] pim [Quidway-pim] undo static-rp 10.110.0.6...

  • Page 573: Chapter 6 Msdp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands Note: An Ethernet switch functions as a router when it supports the layer 3 protocols. A router that is referred to in the following represents a generalized router or a layer 3 Ethernet switch running related protocols.

  • Page 574: Debugging Msdp

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands 6.1.2 debugging msdp Syntax debugging msdp { all | connect | event | packet | source-active } undo debugging msdp { all | connect | event | packet | source-active }...

  • Page 575: Display Msdp Peer-Status

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands Example # Display the state of MSDP peer. <Quidway> display msdp brief MSDP Peer Brief Information Peer's Address State Up/Down time SA Count Reset Count 20.20.20.20...
  • Page 576 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands Sending SA-Requests status: disable Minimum TTL to forward SA with encapsulated data: 0 SAs learned from this peer: 0, SA-cache maximum for the peer: none...

  • Page 577: Display Msdp Sa-Count

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands (10.10.1.3, 225.1.1.1) 10.10.10.10 BGP 100 00:00:11 00:05:49 (10.10.1.2, 225.1.1.2) 10.10.10.10 BGP 100 00:00:11 00:05:49 (10.10.2.1, 225.1.1.2) 10.10.10.10 BGP 100 00:00:11 00:05:49 (10.10.1.2, 225.1.2.2) 10.10.10.10 BGP 100...

  • Page 578: Msdp

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands undo import-source View MSDP view Parameter acl-number: Number of basic or advanced IP ACL, ranging from 2000 to 3999, controlling which sources SA messages will advertise and to which groups it will be sent in the domain.

  • Page 579: Msdp-Tracert

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the msdp command to enable MSDP and enter the MSDP view. Use the undo msdp command to clear all configurations of MSDP, release all resources that MSDP occupies, and restore the initial state.
  • Page 580 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands error. After the transmission path of SA messages is determined, correct configuration can avoid the overflow of SA messages. Example # Trace (10.10.1.1, 225.2.2.2, 20.20.20.20) path information.

  • Page 581: Originating-Rp

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands Item Description The local router is an RP, but it is not necessarily the source RP-bit: 1 RP in (S, G, RP) entry. NC-bit: 0 The local router enables SA cache.
  • Page 582 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands Description Use the originating-rp command to allow a MSDP to use the IP address of specified interface as the RP address when the SA message originated.

  • Page 583: Peer Description

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] msdp [Quidway-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 connect-interface Vlan-interface 10 6.1.12 peer description Syntax peer peer-address description text...

  • Page 584: Peer Minimum-Ttl

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands View MSDP view Parameter name: Name of a Mesh Group, being case sensitive. The maximum length is 32 characters. peer-address: Address of an MSDP peer to be a member of the Mesh Group.

  • Page 585: Peer Request-Sa-Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands Related command: peer. Example # Configure the TTL threshold value to 10, i.e., only those multicast data packets with a TTL value greater than or equal to 10 can be forwarded to the MSDP peer 110.10.10.1.

  • Page 586: Peer Sa-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands undo peer peer-address sa-cache-maximum View MSDP view Parameter peer-address: Address of MSDP peer. sa-limit: Maximum value that the SA cache allows, ranging from 1 to 2048.

  • Page 587: Peer Sa-Request-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands acl acl-number: Number of advanced IP ACL, ranging from 3000 to 3999. If no ACL is specified, all (S, G) entries are filtered. Description Use the peer sa-policy command to configure a filter list for SA messages received or forwarded from the specified MSDP peer.

  • Page 588: Reset Msdp Peer

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands Use the undo peer sa-request-policy command to remove the limitation. By default, the router receives all SA request messages from the MSDP peer. If no ACL is specified, all SA requests will be ignored. If ACL is specified, only those SA request messages from the groups permitted by the ACL will be processed and all the others will be ignored.

  • Page 589: Reset Msdp Sa-Cache

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands 6.1.20 reset msdp sa-cache Syntax reset msdp sa-cache [ group-address ] View User view Parameter group-address: Address of the group, (S, G) entries matching this address are cleared from the SA cache.

  • Page 590: Shutdown

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands 6.1.22 shutdown Syntax shutdown peer-address undo shutdown peer-address View MSDP view Parameter peer-address: IP address of MSDP peer. Description Use the shutdown command to disable the MSDP peer specified.

  • Page 591: Timer Retry

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands If no filter policy is configured, the router will still accept all SA messages from the static RPF peer. Description Use the static-rpf-peer command to configure static RPF peer.
  • Page 592 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 6 MSDP Configuration Commands Parameter seconds: Value of connection request retry period in second, ranging from 1 to 60. Description Use the timer retry command to configure the value of connection request re-try period.

  • Page 593: Chapter 7 Mbgp Multicast Extension Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands 7.1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands 7.1.1 aggregate Syntax aggregate address mask [ as-set | attribute-policy route-policy-name |...

  • Page 594: Compare-Different-As-Med

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Example # Create an aggregation entry in the MBGP routing table, with aggregated route address as 192.213.0.0. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 595: Debugging Bgp Mp-Update

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 7.1.3 debugging bgp mp-update Syntax debugging bgp mp-update [ receive | send ] [ verbose ] undo debugging bgp mp-update View User view Parameter receive: Debugs the MBGP Update messages received.

  • Page 596: Default Med

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands You can affect BGP route selection by configuring different local precedence values. Example # Configure the default local precedence value as 180. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 597: Display Bgp Multicast Group

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 7.1.6 display bgp multicast group Syntax display bgp multicast group [ group-name ] View Any view Parameter group-name: Specified peer group. If no peer group is specified, the information about all peer groups will be displayed.

  • Page 598: Display Bgp Multicast Peer

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 7.1.8 display bgp multicast peer Syntax display bgp multicast peer [ peer-address ] [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter peer-address: Peer address, in dotted decimal format.

  • Page 599: Display Bgp Multicast Routing-Table As-Path-Acl

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 7.1.10 display bgp multicast routing-table as-path-acl Syntax display bgp multicast routing-table as-path-acl acl-number View Any view Parameter acl-number: Specifies matched AS path list number ranging from 1 to 199.

  • Page 600: Display Bgp Multicast Routing-Table Community

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 7.1.12 display bgp multicast routing-table community Syntax display bgp multicast routing-table community [ aa:nn | no-export-subconfed | no-advertise | no-export ]* [ whole-match ]...

  • Page 601: Display Bgp Multicast Routing-Table Different-Origin-As

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp multicast routing-table community-list command to view the routing information of a specified MBGP community list. Example # Display routing information of the specified MBGP community list.

  • Page 602: Display Bgp Multicast Routing-Table Regular-Expression

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands network-address: IP address of the destination network. mask: Mask of the destination network. statistic: Displays statistic information of the route. Description Use the display bgp multicast routing-table peer command to view the routes received/advertised at/to the specified peer.

  • Page 603: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Parameter acl-number: Specifies the ACL used in matching the destination address domain of routing information, in the range of 2000 to 3999. ip-prefix-name: Specifies the IP prefix used in matching the destination address domain of routing information, in the range of 1 to 19.

  • Page 604: Import-Route

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Parameter acl-number: Specifies the ACL used in matching the destination address domain of routing information, in the range of 2000 to 3999. ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: Specifies the IP prefix used in matching the destination address domain of routing information, in the range of 1 to 19.

  • Page 605: Ipv4-Family Multicast

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands med-value: Specifies the metric value loaded by an imported route, ranging from 0 to 4,294,967,295. route-policy-name: Specifies the route policy used for importing routes.

  • Page 606: Network

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands [Quidway] bgp 100 [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family multicast [Quidway-bgp-af-mul] 7.1.21 network Syntax network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ] undo network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]...

  • Page 607: Peer Allow-As-Loop

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Parameter group-name: Name of the peer group. Description Use the peer advertise-community command to set to send community attributes to a peer group.

  • Page 608: Peer As-Path-Acl Export

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] bgp 100 [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family multicast [Quidway-bgp-af-mul] peer 1.1.1.1 allow-as-loop 2 7.1.24 peer as-path-acl export...

  • Page 609: Peer As-Path-Acl Import

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 7.1.25 peer as-path-acl import Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } as-path-acl acl-number import undo peer { group-name | peer-address } as-path-acl acl-number import...

  • Page 610: Peer Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands View IPv4 multicast sub-address family view Parameter group-name: Name of the multicast peer group. Description Use the peer enable command to enable the MBGP peer group.

  • Page 611: Peer Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the peer filter-policy export command to configure the peer group to apply the ACL-based filter policy to the advertised routes. Use the undo peer filter-policy export command to cancel the existing configuration.

  • Page 612: Peer Group

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Example # Configure the peer group test to use ACL 2000 to filter the received routes. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 613: Peer Ip-Prefix Export

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands [Quidway-bgp] peer 10.1.1.1 group TEST [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family multicast [Quidway-bgp-af-mul] peer TEST enable [Quidway-bgp-af-mul] peer 10.1.1.1 group TEST 7.1.30 peer ip-prefix export Syntax peer group-name ip-prefix prefixname export...

  • Page 614: Peer Next-Hop-Local

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands View IPv4 multicast sub-address family view Parameter group-name: Name of peer group. peer-address: IP address of the peer, in dotted decimal format. prefixname: Name of the specified ip-prefix, a character string of 1 to 19 characters.

  • Page 615: Peer Public-As-Only

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the peer next-hop-local command to remove the processing of the next hop in routes which BGP will advertise to the peer group and set the local address as the next hop.

  • Page 616: Peer Reflect-Client

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] bgp 100 [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family multicast [Quidway-bgp-af-mul] peer test public-as-only 7.1.34 peer reflect-client...

  • Page 617: Peer Route-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Parameter group-name: Name of peer group. peer-address: IP address of the peer. Description Use the peer route-policy export command to assign the Route-policy to the routes advertised to the peer group.

  • Page 618: Preference

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Use the undo peer route-policy import command to delete the specified Route-policy. By default, the peer has no Route-policy association. The inbound route policy configured for the peer takes precedence over the configurations for the peer group.

  • Page 619: Reflect Between-Clients

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family multicast [Quidway-bgp-af-mul] preference 170 170 170 7.1.38 reflect between-clients Syntax reflect between-clients undo reflect between-clients View IPv4 multicast sub-address family view...

  • Page 620: Reflector Cluster-Id

    Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Parameter all: Refreshes multicast sub-address family router of all peer . peer-address: Refreshes multicast sub-address family router of all specified address peer .
  • Page 621 Command Manual – Multicast Protocol Chapter 7 MBGP Multicast Extension Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands multiple route reflectors can improve network stability, then you can use this command to specify the same cluster ID for them all. Related command: reflect between-clients and peer reflect-client.
  • Page 622 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual QoS/ACL Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 623 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 ACL Commands......................1-1 1.1 ACL Commands......................... 1-1 1.1.1 acl..........................1-1 1.1.2 display acl config ..................... 1-3 1.1.3 display acl remaining entry..................1-3 1.1.4 display acl running-packet-filter................1-4 1.1.5 display flow-temlate....................
  • Page 624 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 2.1.22 local-precedence ....................2-19 2.1.23 mirrored-to......................2-20 2.1.24 mirroring-group....................2-22 2.1.25 priority........................2-24 2.1.26 qos conform-level....................2-24 2.1.27 qos cos-drop-precedence-map ................2-25 2.1.28 qos cos-local-precedence-map ................2-27 2.1.29 queue ........................2-29 2.1.30 queue-scheduler ....................

  • Page 625: Chapter 1 Acl Commands

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands Chapter 1 ACL Commands Caution: The syntax of the QoS/ACL command used for service processor cards (LSB1NATB0 cards in the context of this document) is somewhat different from that for interface cards.
  • Page 626 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands auto: In depth-first order during matching ACL rules. all: Deletes all ACLs (both number- and name-identified ones). Description Use the acl command to define a number- or name-identified ACL and enter its view.

  • Page 627: Display Acl Config

    Link ACL 4000, 1 rule, rule 0 permit ingress any egress any Basic ACL traffic-of-host, 1 rule, rule 1 deny source 10.1.1.1 0 time-range huawei-3com(0 times matched) (Active) 1.1.3 display acl remaining entry Syntax display acl remaining entry slot slotid View...
  • Page 628 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands Description Use the display acl running-packet-filter command to display the total number of ACL rules that are applied on the specified card. Example # Display the total number of ACL rules that are applied on the slot 5.

  • Page 629: Display Flow-Temlate

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands View Any view Parameter all: Displays all the ACLs that have been applied (including the number-identified ones and name-identified ones) interface interface-type interface-number: The port of the switch. Refer to the description in the Port Module Command Manual for details.

  • Page 630: Display Time-Range

    The configuration includes which parameters the flow template defines and which ports/cards is the flow template applied on. Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches (hereinafter referred to as S8500 series) support two flow templates: one is user-defined; the other is the default one. If you do not input any parameter for this command, the detailed configuration of all flow templates will be displayed.
  • Page 631 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands A delay, about one minute, exists in system’s updating ACLs, but the result of the display time-range command is based on the current time. Then there may the case where a time range have been shown active using the display time-range command, while it is still inactive in importing the ACL.

  • Page 632: Flow-Template User-Defined

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands Table 1-3 Description of displayed information Filed Description Current time is 14:36:36 The current time of the system. 4-3-2003 Thursday Time range tml. “Inactive” means that the time range...
  • Page 633 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands flow-template user-defined slot slotid template-info undo flow-template user-defined slot slotid View System view Parameter template-info: Information available in defining a traffic template, its value can be: bt-flag: BT flag bit, in the length of 6 bytes.
  • Page 634 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands vlanid: VLAN ID which the switch assigns to the packet , in the length of 2 bytes. vpn: the flow template which is pre-defined for the MPLS L2VPN, in the length of 2 bytes.

  • Page 635: Packet-Filter

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] flow-template user-defined slot 3 sip 0.0.0.0 dip 0.0.0.0 sport dport dscp 1.1.9 packet-filter Syntax I. Command Format Which Only Applies IP Group ACL...
  • Page 636 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands ip-group { acl-number | acl-name }: Activates IP ACLs, including basic and advanced ACLs. acl-number : Sequence number of ACL, ranging from 2000 to 3999. acl-name: Name of the ACL, which must be a character string starting with an English letter (a-z or A-Z), and without any space or quotation mark in it.

  • Page 637: Reset Acl Counter

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands Example # Activate ACL 2000. <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway]interface ethernet5/1/1 [Quidway-Ethernet5/1/1] packet-filter inbound ip-group 2000 1.1.10 reset acl counter Syntax reset acl counter { all | acl-number | acl-name }...
  • Page 638 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands [ destination-port operator port1 [ port2 ] ] [ icmp-type type code ] [ established ] [ [ precedence precedence | tos tos ]* | dscp dscp ] [ fragment ] [ bt-flag ]...
  • Page 639 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands protocol: Specifies the protocol type which is represented by a name or a number. For name format, the options include icmp, igmp, tcp, udp, ip, gre, ospf, ipinip etc. The IP parameter represents all IP protocols.
  • Page 640 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands cos: Specifies 802.1p priority in the most external 802.1QTag carried by the packet. cos-value: In number format (ranging 0 to 7) or just entering the priority name. See Table 1-4 for their correspondence.
  • Page 641 0 permit source 10.1.1.2 0 fragment time-range Huawei That is, the source option is replaced with 10.1.1.2, the fragment option which the original rule does not contain is added, and the time-range Huawei option which the original rule contains is reserved.

  • Page 642: Time-Range

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands Example # Add a rule to the advanced ACL. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway]acl number 3000 [Quidway-acl-adv-3000] rule 1 permit tcp established source 1.1.1.1 0 destination 2.2.2.2 0...
  • Page 643 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ACL Commands The defined time range includes absolute time range and period time range. start-time and end-time days-of-the-week define period time range together. from start-time start-date and end-time end-date define absolute time range together.

  • Page 644: Chapter 2 Qos Commands

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Chapter 2 QoS Commands Caution: The syntax of the QoS/ACL command used for service processor cards (LSB1NATB0 cards in the context of this document) is somewhat different from that for interface cards.

  • Page 645: Display Qos Conform-Level

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands 2.1.2 display qos conform-level Syntax display qos conform-level [ conform-level-value ] { dscp-policed-service-map [ dscp-list ] | exp-policed-service-map | local-precedence-cos-map } View Any view Parameter conform-level-value: Conform level, in the range of 0 to 2. If you type value(s) for this parameter, then only the specified conform-level DSCP items will be displayed.

  • Page 646: Display Qos Cos-Drop-Precedence-Map

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands # Display the “EXP + Conform-level —> Service-parameter” mapping table. <Quidway> display qos conform-level 0 exp-policed-service-map conform-level 0 : exp : dscp local-precedence drop-precedence -------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Display the “Local-precedence + Conform-level —> Priority” mapping table.

  • Page 647: Display Qos Cos-Local-Precedence-Map

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Description Use the display qos cos-drop-precedence-map command to view the “CoS—> Drop-precedence” mapping table. Example # Display the “CoS—> Drop-precedence” mapping table. <Quidway> display qos cos-drop-precedence-map cos-drop-precedence-map:...
  • Page 648 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Port of the switch, for detailed description, please refer to Command Manual – Port. Description Use the display qos-interface all command to view the QoS configuration of all ports, including drop mode, queue scheduling, traffic shaping etc.

  • Page 649: Display Qos-Interface Drop-Mode

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands 2.1.6 display qos-interface drop-mode Syntax display qos-interface [ interface-type interface-number ] drop-mode View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Port of the switch, for detailed description, please refer to Command Manual – Port.

  • Page 650: Display Qos-Interface Queue-Scheduler

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Example # Display traffic mirroring configuration. <Quidway> display qos-interface mirrored-to GigabitEthernet2/1/1: mirrored-to Inbound: Matches: Acl 2020 rule 0 running Mirrored to: cpu 2.1.8 display qos-interface queue-scheduler Syntax...

  • Page 651: Display Qos-Interface Traffic-Limit

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Ethernet5/1/ Port scheduling: QID: scheduling-group weight ----------------------------------- … 2.1.9 display qos-interface traffic-limit Syntax display qos-interface [ interface -type interface-number ] traffic-limit View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Port of the switch, for detailed description, please refer to Command Manual –...

  • Page 652: Display Qos-Interface Traffic-Priority

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands 2.1.10 display qos-interface traffic-priority Syntax display qos-interface [ interface-type interface-number ] traffic-priority View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Port of the switch, for detailed description, please refer to Command Manual – Port.
  • Page 653 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Example # Display traffic redirection configuration. <Quidway> display qos-interface traffic-redirect GigabitEthernet3/1/1: traffic-redirect Inbound: Matches: Acl 2020 rule 0 running Redirected to: next-hop 1.1.1.1 2.1.12 display qos-interface traffic-shape...

  • Page 654: Display Qos-Interface Traffic-Statistic

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands 2.1.13 display qos-interface traffic-statistic Syntax display qos-interface [ interface-type interface-number ] traffic-statistic View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Port of the switch, for detailed description, please refer to Command Manual – Port.

  • Page 655: Display Qos-Vlan Traffic-Limit

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands about one specific VLAN (with vlan-id parameter) or all VLANs (without vlan-id parameter) on the switch. Example # Display all the QoS parameter configurations of all the VLANs.

  • Page 656: Display Qos-Vlan Traffic-Priority

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Parameter vlan-id: ID of a VLAN, in the range of 1 to 4094. Description Use the display qos-vlan traffic-limit command to display the parameter configuration for traffic limit, including the configuration information about related ACL and policing actions.

  • Page 657: Display Qos-Vlan Traffic-Redirect

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Example # Display the priority marking configuration. <Quidway> display qos-vlan traffic-priority Vlan 1 traffic-priority Inbound: There is no configuration. Vlan 2 traffic-priority Inbound: Matches: Acl 2000 rule 1...

  • Page 658: Drop-Mode

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands View Any view Parameter traffic-index: Traffic parameter index, in the range of 0 to 173 and defaulting to 1. Description Use the display traffic-params command to display the parameter configuration for traffic policing, including cir, cbs, ebs, pir, and so on.

  • Page 659: Dscp

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands In the case of network congestion, the switch drops packets to release system resources. And then no packets are put into long-delay queues. The following two drop...
  • Page 660 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Description Use the dscp command to configure the “DSCP + Conform-level — > Service-parameter” mapping table of current conform level. Use the undo dscp command to restore default configuration of the “DSCP + Conform-level —>...

  • Page 661: Exp

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Police Policed- Policed-Dr Policed-DSC Policed-e DSCP d-802.1 Localpr opPrecede 2.1.21 exp Syntax exp-list dscp-value exp-value cos-value local-precedence-value drop-precedence undo exp exp-list View Conform level view Parameter exp-list: Original EXP value, which can be a single value or several values, in the range of 0 to 7.

  • Page 662: Local-Precedence

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Example # Configure the “EXP + Conform-level 0 —> Service-parameter” mapping table. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway]qos conform-level 0 [Quidway-conform-level-0] exp 0: 0 0 0 0 0 2.1.22 local-precedence...

  • Page 663: Mirrored-To

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Use the undo local-precedence command to restore default configuration of the “Local-precedence + Conform-level —> 802.1p priority” mapping table. After entering conform level view, you can configure the “ Local-precedence + Conform-level —>...
  • Page 664 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands II. Command Format Which Applies IP Group and Link Group ACL at Same time mirrored-to inbound ip-group { acl-number | acl-name } { rule rule link-group { acl-number | acl-name } [ rule rule [ system-index index ] ] | link-group { acl-number...

  • Page 665: Mirroring-Group

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Note: If you remove the card with QoS/ACL configured when the system operates, the corresponding system index value is automatically released, and is then used for a newly delivered flow rule.
  • Page 666 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands mirroring-port-list: Ethernet port list, including multiple Ethernet ports, in the form of port-list = { interface-type interface-number } &<1-8>. &<1-8> means the parameter can be typed eight times at most.

  • Page 667: Priority

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Example # Configure mirroring group 1, the monitored ports are Ethernet3/1/1 to Ethernet3/1/3, and the monitoring port is Ethernet3/1/4, monitoring only inbound packets. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 668: Qos Cos-Drop-Precedence-Map

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands qos conform-level conform-level-value View System view Parameter conform-level conform-level-value: Conform level, in the range of 0 to 2 inclusive. Description Use the qos conform-level command to create a conform level and enter it.
  • Page 669 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands cos3-map-drop-prec: Mapping value from CoS 3 to drop precedence, in the range of 0 to 2. cos4-map-drop-prec: Mapping value from CoS 4 to drop precedence, in the range of 0 to 2.

  • Page 670: Qos Cos-Local-Precedence-Map

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Example # Configure the “CoS —> Drop-precedence” mapping table. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] qos cos-drop-precedence-map 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 Modified “CoS —>...
  • Page 671 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands cos3-map-local-prec: Mapping value from CoS 3 to local precedence, in the range of 0 to 7. cos4-map-local-prec: Mapping value from CoS 4 to local precedence, in the range of 0 to 7.

  • Page 672: Queue

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Example # Configure the “CoS —> Local-precedence” mapping table <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] qos cos-local-precedence-map 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Configured “CoS —>...

  • Page 673: Queue-Scheduler

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands yellow-min-threshhold: Minimum queue length to trigger random yellow packet dropping, in the range of 0 to 65535. It must be a multiple of 256 bytes. yellow-max-threshhold: Queue length to trigger complete yellow packet dropping, in the range of 0 to 65535.
  • Page 674 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter wrr: Weighted round robin algorithm. group1: Adds the queue to WRR priority group 1. group2: Adds the queue to WRR priority group 2.

  • Page 675: Reset Traffic-Statistic

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands 2.1.31 reset traffic-statistic Syntax reset traffic-statistic inbound { { ip-group { acl-number | acl-name } rule rule | link-group { acl-number | acl-name } }* | { ip-group { acl-number | acl-name } |...

  • Page 676: Traffic-Limit

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Example # Clear traffic statistics of the ACL 4000. <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway]interface e thernet3/1/1 [Quidway-Ethernet3/1/1] reset traffic-statistic inbound link-group 4000 2.1.32 traffic-limit...
  • Page 677 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands View Ethernet port view, VLAN view Parameter inbound: Sets traffic limitation for the inbound packets at the port. ip-group { acl-number | acl-name }: Activates IP ACLs, including basic and advanced ACLs.
  • Page 678 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands cir: Committed information rate in Kbps. cbs: Committed burst size in bytes. ebs: Excess burst size in bytes. pir: Peak information rate in Kbps. conform: Optional parameter used to set the action to be taken when the traffic does not exceed the set value.

  • Page 679: Traffic-Params

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Note: The interface cards support the command syntax in Ethernet port view; while the service processor cards (LSB1NATB0 cards in the context of this document) support the command syntax in VLAN view.

  • Page 680: Traffic-Priority

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Example # Set the traffic parameter index to 10, committed average information rate to 8192 Kbps, committed burst size to 2000 bytes, and the maximum bust size to 2500 bytes.
  • Page 681 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands traffic-priority inbound link-group { acl-number | acl-name } [ rule rule [ system-index index ] ] { auto | remark-policed-service { trust-dscp | dscp dscp-value | untrusted dscp dscp-value cos cos-value local-precedence...
  • Page 682 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands in number (ranging 0 to 7) or name; cos-value is 802.1p priority, in number (ranging 0 to 7) or name; drop-level is drop level, in number (ranging 0 to 2) or name.

  • Page 683: Traffic-Redirect

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Note: The interface cards support the command syntax in Ethernet port view; while the service processor cards (LSB1NATB0 cards in the context of this document) support the command syntax in VLAN view.
  • Page 684 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands undo traffic-redirect inbound ip-group { acl-number | acl-name } [ rule rule ] slot slotid II. Command Format Which Applies IP Group and Link Group ACL at Same...
  • Page 685 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands can also assign a system index for it when delivering an ACL rule with this command. However, you are not recommended to manually assign a system index if not urgently necessary.
  • Page 686 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands Note: The Interface cards support the command syntax in Ethernet port view; while the service processor cards (LSB1NATB0 cards in the context of this document) support the command syntax in VLAN view.

  • Page 687: Traffic-Shape

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands [Quidway-vlan4] traffic-redirect inbound ip-group 3000 next-hop 202.119.85.1 202.119.95.1 slot 2 2.1.36 traffic-shape Syntax traffic-shape [ queue queue-id ] max-rate burst-size undo traffic-shape [ queue queue-id ] View...
  • Page 688 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands II. Command Format Which Only Applies Link Group ACL traffic-statistic inbound link-group { acl-number | acl-name } [ rule rule [ system-index index ] ] [ tc-index index ]...

  • Page 689: Wred

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 QoS Commands <Quidway> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway]interface e thernet3/1/1 [Quidway-Ethernet3/1/1] traffic-statistic inbound ip-group 2000 2.1.38 wred Syntax wred wred-index undo wred wred-index View...

  • Page 690: Chapter 3 Acl Control Commands To Control Login Users

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Chapter 3 ACL Control Commands to Control Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Login Users Chapter 3 ACL Control Commands to Control Login Users 3.1 The ACL Control Commands to Control Login Users 3.1.1 acl Syntax acl acl-number1 { inbound | outbound }...

  • Page 691: Snmp-Agent Community

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Chapter 3 ACL Control Commands to Control Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Login Users Note: You can only apply number-based ACLs to implement the ACL control to users accessing through Telnet or SSH. When you use a basic or advanced ACL to implement the ACL control to the users accessing through Telnet or SSH, incoming/outgoing connecting requests are restricted based on the source or destination IP addresses.

  • Page 692: Snmp-Agent Group

    By default, SNMPV1 and SNMPV2C use community name to perform access. Example # Set the community name as “Huawei”, permit the user to perform read-only access by using this community name, and reference the ACL 2000 to perform ACL control to the network management users (basic ACL 2000 has already been defined ).

  • Page 693: Snmp-Agent Usm-User

    Use the undo snmp-agent group command to remove a specified SNMP group. Example # Create a SNMP group “huawei”, and reference the ACL 2001 to perform ACL control to the network management users (basic ACL 2001 has already been defined).
  • Page 694 SNMP group as well as the configuration of the ACL control of the user. Example # Add a user “huawei” to the SNMP group “huaweigroup”. Specify the security level to “to be authenticated”, the authentication protocol to HMAC-MD5-96 and the authentication password to “quidway”, and reference the ACL 2002 to perform ACL...

  • Page 695: Chapter 4 Vlan-Acl Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands 4.1 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands The VLAN-ACL configuration is subject to the following limitations: Limitations on flow templates: The system only applies VLAN-ACL to ports with the default flow template applied.

  • Page 696: Packet-Filter

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands Parameter inbound: Mirrors inbound packets at the port. ip-group { acl-number | acl-name }: Activates IP ACLs, including basic and advanced ACLs. acl-number: Sequence number of ACL, ranging from 2000 to 3999. acl-name: Name of the ACL, which must be a character string starting with an English letter (a-z or A-Z), and without any space or quotation mark in it.

  • Page 697: Traffic-Limit

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands Parameter inbound: Mirrors inbound packets at the port. ip-group { acl-number | acl-name }: Activates IP ACLs, including basic and advanced ACLs. acl-number: Sequence number of ACL, ranging from 2000 to 3999. acl-name: Name of the ACL, which must be a character string starting with an English letter (a-z or A-Z), and without any space or quotation mark in it.
  • Page 698 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands acl-number: Sequence number of the ACL, ranging from 2000 to 3999. acl-name: Name of the ACL, a string beginning with character a-z or A-Z. Note that this argument cannot contain spaces or quotation marks.

  • Page 699: Traffic-Priority

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands drop: Drops the packet. Description Use the traffic-limit command to activate ACL flow identification to perform flow limit for the matching data flow in the VLAN and perform different actions on the packets withinin the flow limit and those beyond the flow limit.
  • Page 700 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands Parameter inbound: Sets priority for packets received on the port. ip-group { acl-number | acl-name }: Activates the ACL identified by the acl-number or acl-name argument. The ACL here can be a basic ACL or an advanced ACL.
  • Page 701 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands The system can perform the following operations to the service parameters of the matched flow: Employ the service parameters automatically allocated by the switch. Upon receiving a packet, the switch allocates a set of service parameters for it according to a specific rule.

  • Page 702: Traffic-Redirect

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands 4.1.5 traffic-redirect Syntax traffic-redirect inbound ip-group { acl-number | acl-name } [ rule rule [ system-index index ] ] { cpu | next-hop ip-addr1 [ ip-addr2 ] }...

  • Page 703: Traffic-Statistic

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands Note: Traffic redirection setting is only available for the permit rules in the ACL. The packet redirected to the CPU cannot be forwarded normally. You can achieve policy route by selecting the next-hop keyword in this command.

  • Page 704: Port Can-Access Vlan-Acl

    Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands Use the undo traffic-statistic command to cancel traffic statistics. The statistics information contains the hardware matching times in packet forwarding. Example # In VLAN 2, run traffic statistics for the packets which match the permit rules in ACL 2000.
  • Page 705 Command Manual – QoS/ACL Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 4 VLAN-ACL Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter vlan-id: VLAN ID, in the range of 1 to 4,094. Description Use the display vlan-acl-member-ports command to view in this VLAN the ports with the ACL configuration of the VLAN synchronized to.
  • Page 706 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual MPLS Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 707 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 debugging mpls lspm ....................1-1 1.1.2 display mpls interface....................1-2 1.1.3 display mpls lsp .......................
  • Page 708 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 2.1.2 apply mpls-label ...................... 2-2 2.1.3 debugging bgp......................2-3 2.1.4 default local-preference................... 2-4 2.1.5 default med......................2-5 2.1.6 description ....................... 2-5 2.1.7 display bgp vpnv4 ....................2-6 2.1.8 display bgp routing-table label ................2-7 2.1.9 display ip routing-table vpn-instance...............
  • Page 709 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 2.1.44 peer next-hop-local ..................... 2-38 2.1.45 peer password..................... 2-38 2.1.46 peer public-as-only....................2-39 2.1.47 peer reflect-client....................2-40 2.1.48 peer route-policy export ..................2-41 2.1.49 peer route-policy import ..................2-41 2.1.50 peer route-update-interval...................
  • Page 710 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 3.3.4 display mpls l2vpn ....................3-12 3.3.5 l2vpn-family ......................3-14 3.3.6 mpls l2vpn ......................3-14 3.3.7 mpls l2vpn encapsulation..................3-15 3.3.8 mtu ........................3-16 3.3.9 peer enable ......................3-16...

  • Page 711: Chapter 1 Mpls Basic Configuration Commands

    By default, all debugging is disabled. This command is used to the debug MPLS LSPM. As running the debugging will affect the performance of the Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches, you are advised to use the command with caution. Example # Enable all MPLS VPN debugging.

  • Page 712: Display Mpls Interface

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands <Quidway> debugging mpls lspm vpn 1.1.2 display mpls interface Syntax display mpls interface View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display mpls interface command to view the information of all MPLS-enabled interfaces.

  • Page 713: Display Mpls Static-Lsp

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Parameter include text: Displays the matching string including the specified information. verbose: Displays detailed information. Description Use the display mpls lsp command to display LSP information.

  • Page 714: Display Mpls Statistics

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands verbose: Displays detailed information. Description Use the display mpls static-lsp command to view the information of one static LSP or all. Related command: display mpls interface, display mpls lsp and display mpls statistics.

  • Page 715: Lsp-Trigger

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands <Quidway> display mpls statistics lsp all Building the information... LSP Index/LSP Name : 10240/dynamic-lsp There is no information of LSP incoming segment! The statistics of lsp Out :...

  • Page 716: Mpls

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands <Quidway>system-view [Quidway] mpls [Quidway-mpls] lsp-trigger all 1.1.7 mpls Syntax mpls undo mpls View System view, VLAN interface view Parameter None Description In system, input the mpls command for an initial use to enable MPLS function globally and enter MPLS view.

  • Page 717: Mpls Lsr-Id

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.1.8 mpls lsr-id Syntax mpls lsr-id ip-address undo mpls lsr-id View System view Parameter ip-address: LSR ID, in the format of IP address, used to identify an LSR.

  • Page 718: Snmp-Agent Trap Enable Lsp

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Description Use the snmp-agent trap enable ldp command to enable Trap function in MPLS LDP creation. Use the undo snmp-agent trap enable ldp command to disable Trap function in MPLS LDP creation.

  • Page 719: Static-Lsp Ingress

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands undo static-lsp egress lsp-name View MPLS view Parameter lsp-name: LSP name interface-type Interface-number: Interface type, interface number. in-label-value: Value of inbound label, ranging 3 (implicit empty label) and from 16 to 1023.

  • Page 720: Static-Lsp Transit

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands out-label-value: Value of outbound label, ranging 3 (implicit empty label) and from 16 to 1023. Description Use the static-lsp ingress command to configure a static LSP for an ingress LSR.

  • Page 721: Ldp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Example # Configure a static LSP for the VLAN201 interface on a transit LSR, with an inbound label of 123 and an outbound label of 253.

  • Page 722: Display Mpls Ldp

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands <Quidway> debugging mpls ldp all 1.2.2 display mpls ldp Syntax display mpls ldp View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display mpls ldp command to display LDP and LSR information.
  • Page 723 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Description Use the display mpls ldp buffer-info command to view the LDP buffer information. Example # Display the LDP buffer information. <Quidway> display mpls ldp buffer-info...
  • Page 724 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands text: Contents of the regular expression. Description Use the display mpls ldp interface command to display information of the interface with LDP enabled and in the Up state.

  • Page 725: Display Mpls Ldp Lsp

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Interface Vlan-interface194(address=192.4.1.1): Label distributing enabled,bound to entity:2.2.2.2:0 Generic label range configured:16 - 44800 Label Advertisement Mode: Downstream-Unsolicited Configured KeepAlive hold time:60, Configured Hello hold time:15...
  • Page 726 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Liberal 12.12.12.0/24 ---- --- 1 -------- Vlan22 PREFIX 12.12.12.0/24 ---- 12.12.12.2 Vlan12 PREFIX 12.12.12.0/24 ---- 12.12.12.2 Vlan12 Liberal 16.16.16.0/24 ---- 1026 --- 2 -------- Vlan23 Liberal 16.16.16.0/24...
  • Page 727 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Internetwork Address Type: IPv4 Internetwork Address: 1.1.1.1 Maximum Peer PDU length: 4096 Peer KeepAlive hold time: 60 Peer Distribution Method: Downstream Unsolicited Peer Type: Remote Peer RowStatus: Active Local LDP ID: 2.2.2.2:0...
  • Page 728 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Maximum Peer PDU length: 4096 Peer KeepAlive hold time: 60 Peer Distribution Method: Downstream Unsolicited Peer Type: Local Peer RowStatus: Active 1.2.7 display mpls ldp remote...
  • Page 729 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Negotiated Hello hold time:45 Hello packets sent/rcv:6457/6453 Remote Index: 4 Peer Address: 1.1.0.3 Transport Address: 2.2.2.2 Configured KeepAlive hold time:60, Configured Hello hold time:45 Negotiated Hello hold time:0...

  • Page 730: Mpls Ldp

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands TCP Connection: 1.1.1.9 <- 4.4.4.9 Session State: Operational Session Role: Passive Session existed time: Basic Hello Packets Sent/Received: 85/67 KeepAlive Packets Sent/Received: 1/1 Negotiated Keepalive hold time: 60...

  • Page 731: Mpls Ldp Hops-Count

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands View VLAN interface view Parameter None Description Use the mpls ldp enable command to enable LDP on a VLAN interface. Use the mpls ldp disable command to disable LDP on a VLAN interface.

  • Page 732: Mpls Ldp Loop-Detect

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands By default, the maximum hop count of loop detection is 32. This command should be configured before LDP is enabled on all interfaces. Its value,...

  • Page 733: Mpls Ldp Password

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.2.13 mpls ldp password Syntax mpls ldp password [ cipher | simple ] password undo mpls ldp password View VLAN interface view, remote-peer view Parameter cipher: The password in configuration file will be displayed in cipher-text.

  • Page 734: Mpls Ldp Remote-Peer

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Use the undo mpls ldp path-vectors command to restore the default maximum value of path vector. By default, pv-number is 32. This command should be configured before LDP is enabled on all interfaces. Its value,...

  • Page 735: Mpls Ldp Reset-Session

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands [Quidway-mpls-remote22] # Delete a Remote-peer. [Quidway-mpls-remote22] undo mpls ldp remote-peer 22 [Quidway] 1.2.16 mpls ldp reset-session Syntax mpls ldp reset-session peer-address View VLAN interface view Parameter peer-address: Corresponding remote LDP Peer address (in IP address format).
  • Page 736 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands undo mpls ldp timer { targeted-session-hold | targeted-hello } { holdtime | interval } View VLAN interface view, remote-peer view Parameter hello hello-holdtime: Hold time (i.e. timeout time) of the Hello hold timer, in the range of 6~65535 (seconds).

  • Page 737: Mpls Ldp Transport-Ip

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands <Quidway>system-view [Quidway] interface vlan-interface 201 [Quidway-Vlan-interface201] mpls ldp timer hello 30 1.2.18 mpls ldp transport-ip Syntax mpls ldp transport-ip { interface | ip-address } undo mpls ldp transport-ip...

  • Page 738: Remote-Ip

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.2.19 remote-ip Syntax remote-ip remoteip View remote-peer view Parameter remoteip: IP address of the Remote-peer. Description Use the remote-ip command to configure a Remote-IP address. The address should be the lsr-id of the remote LSR.

  • Page 739: Aggregate

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Note: Refer to the 05-Routing Protocol Commands Module of the Quidway S8500 Switches Command Manual for the details about the if-match interface, if-match acl, if-match...

  • Page 740: Apply Mpls-Label

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the aggregate command to create an aggregation entry in the BGP routing table of VPN instance. Use the undo aggregate command to disable this function.

  • Page 741: Debugging Bgp

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the apply mpls-label command to configure the system to assign MPLS labels to the public network routes that meet the filer condition of Route-policy.

  • Page 742: Default Local-Preference

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands verbose: Displays detailed information. Description Use the debugging bgp command to enable BGP debugging.. Use the undo debugging bgp command to disable BGP debugging. Caution should be taken in deciding to enable BGP debugging, since debugging affects system performance.

  • Page 743: Default Med

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.5 default med Syntax default med med-value undo default med View VPNv4 subaddress family view, VPN-instance subaddress family view Parameter med-value: MED value, ranging from 0 to 4294967295. The default value is 0.

  • Page 744: Display Bgp Vpnv4

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Example # Display the VPN description. [Quidway-vpn-vpna] description huawei 2.1.7 display bgp vpnv4 Syntax display bgp vpnv4 { all | route-distinguisher rd-value | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } { group [ group-name ] | network | peer [ [ peer-address ]...

  • Page 745: Display Bgp Routing-Table Label

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.8 display bgp routing-table label Syntax display bgp routing-table label View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display bgp routing-table label command to view the routing information and label information in the BGP routing table.
  • Page 746 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.9 display ip routing-table vpn-instance Syntax display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ [ ip-address ] | [ verbose ] statistics ] View Any view Parameter vpn-instance-name: Name assigned to VPN-instance.

  • Page 747: Display Mpls L3Vpn-Lsp

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter vpn-instance-name: Name assigned to VPN-instance. verbose: Displays detailed information. Description Use the display ip vpn-instance command to view the information related to VPN-instance, such as RD, description, and interfaces of the VPN instance.
  • Page 748 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Example # Display MPLS L3VPN transit lsp information on the ASBR. <Quidway> display mpls l3vpn-lsp transit ----------------------------------------------------------------------- LSP Information: Ebgp Transit Lsp ----------------------------------------------------------------------- I/O-LABEL NEXTHOP...

  • Page 749: Display Rip Vpn-Instance

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Table 2-3 Description of command information on display Field Description Number Forwarding equivalent class NEXTHOP Next hop OUTER-LABEL Outer label (MPLS Tunneling Label) OUT-INTERFACE Egress interface # Display MPLS L3VPN egress lsp information on PE <Quidway>...

  • Page 750: Domain-Id

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the display rip vpn-instance command to view the configuration related to VPN instance of RIP. Example # View the specified VPN instance configuration of RIP.

  • Page 751: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands imported to OSPF at the remote end. To achieve this goal, we can configure a Domain-id for each OSPF domain. A Domain-id is attached to a BGP/VPN route when an OSPF route is imported into BGP/VPN for transmission over BGP/VPN routes.

  • Page 752: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands By default, the redistribute routing will not be filtered. Related command: filter-policy import. Example # Define that only the routes that can pass the filtering of ACL 3 can be received by BGP.

  • Page 753: Group

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Example # Define a filtering rule for receiving routing information: Only the routing information matching the IP prefix ACL P1 can it be received by VPN.

  • Page 754: If-Match Vpn-Target

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the if-match mpls-label command to configure the system to match only the public network routes that carries an MPLS label. Use the undo if-match mpls-label command to cancel this configuration.

  • Page 755: Import-Route

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Use the if-match vpn-target begin vpn-target count command to set the start value and the total number of the vpn-target values to be matched. Example # Define an if-match clause to match the following VPN-target attribute values: 100:1, 200:1, 300:1, 300:2 and 400:3.

  • Page 756: Ip Binding Vpn-Instance

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the import-route ospf command to enable to import OSPF route. Use the undo import-route ospf command to disable to import OSPF route. Caution: By default, the process ID is 1.

  • Page 757: Ip Route-Static Vpn-Instance

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Example # Bind the VLAN201 interface to the VPN-instance VPN 1. [Quidway] interface vlan-interface 201 [Quidway-Vlan-interface201] ip binding vpn-instance vpn1 2.1.21 ip route-static vpn-instance Syntax ip route-static vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ vpn-instance-name ] …...

  • Page 758: Ip Vpn-Instance

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the ip route-static vpn-instance command to configure a static route by specifying an interface of a private network as a egress interface. Use the undo ip route-static vpn-instance command to delete the configuration of this static route.

  • Page 759: Ipv4-Family

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.23 ipv4-family Syntax BGP view, VPN-instance sub-address family view or VPNv4 sub-address family view: ipv4-family { vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | vpnv4 [ unicast ] } undo ipv4-family { vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | vpnv4 [ unicast ] }...

  • Page 760: Nesting-Vpn

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands [Quidway] bgp 100 [Quidway–bgp] ipv4-family vpn-instance abc [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn-instance] # Enter VPNv4 subaddress family view. [Quidway] bgp 100 [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 unicast [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn] 2.1.24 nesting-vpn Syntax...

  • Page 761: Ospf

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: Network address advertised by BGP in dotted decimal format. address-mask: Mask of the network address. policy-name: Name of the routing policy applied to the advertised route.
  • Page 762 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands You are recommended to specify Route-id in a process using Router-id when enabling the OSPF process. If you want to enable multiple processes on a router, you are recommended to specify different Router IDs for different processes.

  • Page 763: Peer Advertise-Community

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Caution: A router can run no more than 1024 OSPF processes, with up to 10 processes enabled in each VPN instance. If you bind an OSPF process to a nonexistent VPN instance, the configuration for the command fails and display the errors: The specified VPN-Instance does not exist, or the VPN-Instance's Route-Distinguisher is not specified.

  • Page 764: Peer Allow-As-Loop

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the peer advertise-community command to configure to transmit the community attributes to a specified peer group. Use the undo peer advertise-community command to cancel this configuration.

  • Page 765: Peer As-Number

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands You can avoid this by using the peer allow-as-loop command, which makes PE router allow the route updates from CE to contain its AS number. You can define asn-imit to control the maximum times for which AS number is received by PE.

  • Page 766: Peer As-Path-Acl Import

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands View VPNv4 subaddress family view, VPN-instance subaddress family view Parameter group-name: Name of a neighbor peer group, consisting of 1 to 47 alphanumeric characters. acl-number: AS regular expression ACL number, ranging 1 to 199.

  • Page 767: Peer Connect-Interface

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the peer as-path-acl import command to configure peers from filter received routing information with routing filtering policy based on AS path list. Use the undo peer as-path-acl import command to cancel the configuration.

  • Page 768: Peer Default-Route-Advertise

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Example # Allow the internal BGP session to use any operable interface for a TCP connection. [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family vpn-instance test [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn-instance] peer 1.1.1.1 connect-interface loopback 0 2.1.33 peer default-route-advertise...

  • Page 769: Peer Description

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: Peer IP address. vpn-instance name: Name of the created VPN instance. Description Use the peer default-route-advertise vpn-instance command to enable a peer to import a default route.

  • Page 770: Peer Ebgp-Max-Hop

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Example # Set description of the peer group group1 to be city 1. [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn-instance] peer group1 description city1 2.1.36 peer ebgp-max-hop Syntax peer group-name ebgp-max-hop [ ttl ]...

  • Page 771: Peer Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Parameter group-name: Name of a neighbor peer group, consisting of 1 to 47 alphanumeric characters. Description Use the peer enable command to enable a specified peer group.

  • Page 772: Peer Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Example # Configure the test peer group to filter the advertised route with ACL 3000. [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn] peer test filter-policy 3000 export 2.1.39 peer filter-policy import...

  • Page 773: Peer Group

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.40 peer group Syntax peer peer-address group group-name [ as-number as-number ] undo peer peer-address View VPNv4 subaddress family view, VPN-instance subaddress family view Parameter group-name: Name of a neighbor peer group, consisting of 1 to 47 alphanumeric characters.

  • Page 774: Peer Ip-Prefix Import

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands View VPNv4 subaddress family view, VPN-instance subaddress family view Parameter group-name: Name of a neighbor peer group, consisting of 1 to 47 alphanumeric characters. prefixname: Name of prefix list, a string of one to 19 characters.

  • Page 775: Peer Label-Route-Capability

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the peer ip-prefix import command to apply the filtering policy based on IP prefix list to the advertised route for peer groups. Use the undo peer ip-prefix import command to cancel the configuration.

  • Page 776: Peer Next-Hop-Local

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands [Quidway-bgp] peer ebgp label-route-capability 2.1.44 peer next-hop-local Syntax peer group-name next-hop-local undo peer group-name next-hop-local View VPNv4 subaddress family view, VPN-instance subaddress family view Parameter group-name: Name of a neighbor peer group, consisting of 1 to 47 alphanumeric characters.

  • Page 777: Peer Public-As-Only

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands simple: Displays the password in plain text. password: Password string. When you choose the cipher parameter and input the password in plain text, or you choose the simple parameter, the password is one to 16 characters in length.

  • Page 778: Peer Reflect-Client

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the peer public-as-only command to configure BGP not to carry private AS numbers when transmitting update packets. Use the undo peer public-as-only command to configure BGP to carry private AS numbers when transmitting update packets.

  • Page 779: Peer Route-Policy Export

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn] peer test reflect-client 2.1.48 peer route-policy export Syntax peer group-name route-policy policy-name export undo peer group-name route-policy policy-name export View VPNv4 subaddress family view, VPN-instance subaddress family view...

  • Page 780: Peer Route-Update-Interval

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Parameter group-name: Name of a neighbor peer group, consisting of 1 to 47 alphanumeric characters. peer-address: Peer IP address in dotted decimal format. policy-name: Name of the applied routing policy.

  • Page 781: Peer Timer

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Example # Set the minimum interval for sending routing update packet to the BGP peer group group1 to be 10 seconds. [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn-instance] peer group1 route-update-interval 10 2.1.51 peer timer...

  • Page 782: Peer Vpn-Instance Enable

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands undo peer peer-address upe View VPNv4 subaddress family view Parameter peer-address: Peer IP address. Description Use the peer upe command to configure BGP peer as the UPE of hierarchical BGP/MPLS VPN.

  • Page 783: Peer Vpn-Instance Group

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family vpn-instance vrf1 [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn-instance] group ebgp external [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn-instance] quit [Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn] peer ebgp vpn-instance vrf1 enable 2.1.54 peer vpn-instance group Syntax peer peer-address vpn-instance vpn-instance-name group group-name...

  • Page 784: Peer Vpn-Instance Substitute-As

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands undo peer { peer-address | group-name } vpn-instance vpn-instance-name route-policy policy-name import View BGP-VPNv4 sub-address family view Parameter peer-address: IP address of a peer, in dotted decimal.

  • Page 785: Policy Vpn-Target

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the peer vpn-instance substitute-as command to enable the BGP AS number substitution on the PE. Use the undo peer vpn-instance substitute-as command to disable the function.

  • Page 786: Port Trunk Mpls Vlan

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.58 port trunk mpls vlan Syntax port trunk mpls vlan from vlan-id [ to ] vlanid undo port trunk mpls View Ethernet port view Parameters vlan-id: The vlan-id range of MPLS/VPN VLANs allowed to the port.

  • Page 787: Reflect Between-Clients

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Parameter ebgp-preference: Preference of the routes learned from the EBGP peer, in the range 1 to 256. ibgp-preference: Preference of the routes learned from the IBGP peer, in the range 1 to 256.

  • Page 788: Reflector Cluster-Id

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Example # Disable the routing reflection from client to client. [Quidway-bgp-af-vpn] undo reflect between-clients 2.1.61 reflector cluster-id Syntax reflector cluster-id { cluster-id | address }...

  • Page 789: Route-Tag

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands View VPN-instance view Parameter route-distinguisher: Configures a VPN IPv4 prefix by adding an 8-byte value to a VPN IPv4 prefix. Description Use the route-distinguisher command to configure RD for an MPLS VPN instance. A VPN-instance cannot run until it is configured with an RD.
  • Page 790 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands local BGP. For example, if the local BGP ASN is 100, then the default tag value in decimal is 3489661028. The value is an integer from 0 to 4294967295.

  • Page 791: Timer

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.64 timer Syntax timer keep-alive keepalive-interval hold holdtime-interval undo timer View VPN-instance subaddress family view Parameter keepalive-interval: Time interval to send Keepalive messages, in seconds and ranging 1 to 65535.

  • Page 792: Routing-Table Limit

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Parameter link-group { acl-number | acl-name } [ rule rule ]: Layer 2 ACL, acl-number is in the range of 4000 to 4999. acl-name is a string beginning with English letters (a to z and A to Z) with no spaces or quotation marks between.

  • Page 793: Sham-Link

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands View VPN-instance view Parameter integer: The Maximum routes allowed for a VPN-instance, ranging from 1 to 65536. alarm-integer: Route threshold for alarming. syslog-alert: When the route maximum specified for a VPN-instance exceeds the threshold, routes can be added and only a SYSLOG error message is sent out.
  • Page 794 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Parameter source-addr: Source address of a Sham-link, a Loopback interface address with a 32-bit mask. destination-addr: Destination address of a Sham-link, a Loopback interface address with a 32-bit mask.
  • Page 795 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands backbone, you need to configure a Sham-link between the two PE routers. The sham link between VPN PE routers is taken as a link within the OSPF area. When configuring the Sham-link command, the optional parameters are not mutually exclusive.

  • Page 796: Vpn-Instance-Capability Simple

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Use the undo summary command to cancel this summary. By default, BGP does not perform the auto summary to subnet routes. After auto summary is enabled, BGP cannot receive the subnet routes imported from IGP.

  • Page 797: Vpn-Target

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Caution: OSPF processes will set up all its neighbors again after this command is executed. Example # Configure OSPF process 100 as Multi-VPN-Instance CE. [Quidway-ospf-100] vpn-instance-capability simple # Restore the OSPF process 100 as PE.
  • Page 798 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands By default, the default value is both. Use the vpn-target command you can create ingress and egress route target extended community lists for a specified VPN-instance. Execute this command once for each target community.

  • Page 799: Chapter 3 Mpls L2Vpn Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 3.1 CCC Configuration Commands 3.1.1 ccc Syntax ccc-connection-name interface vlan-interface vlan-id transmit-lsp transmit-lsp-name receive-lsp receive-lsp-name | out-interface outinterface-type outinterface-number }...

  • Page 800: Debugging Mpls L2Vpn

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands [Quidway] ccc clink interface vlan-interface 201 transmit-lsp tlsp receive-lsp rlsp # Create a local CCC connection, with the name of clink, and the interfaces connecting to the two CEs being the interfaces of VLAN 201 and VLAN 301 respectively.

  • Page 801: Display Ccc

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 3.1.3 display ccc Syntax display ccc [ ccc-name | type [ local | remote ] ] View Any view Parameter ccc-name: Name of the CCC connection whose information is to be displayed.

  • Page 802: Static-Lsp Ingress

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the static-lsp egress l2vpn command to create a static L2VPN LSP for the egress label switching router (LSR). Use the undo static-lsp egress command to remove a L2VPN LSP created for the egress LSR.

  • Page 803: Static-Lsp Transit L2Vpn

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Example # Create a static LSP with the destination IP address of 202.25.38.1 for the ingress LSR. [Quidway-mpls] static-lsp ingress bj-sh l2vpn nexthop 1.1.1.1 out-label 100 3.1.6 static-lsp transit l2vpn...

  • Page 804: Martini Mpls L2Vpn Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 3.2 Martini MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 3.2.1 display mpls l2vc Syntax display mpls l2vc [ interface vlan-interface vlan-id | verbose | block | peer | up |...
  • Page 805 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands VC-ID: 2, VC State: down, Destination: 1.1.0.3 Group ID: Local 0, Remote 0, VC Label: Local 131072, Remote 0, Tunnel Type: ---, Tunnel Index: 0 VC-ID: 2, VC State: down, Destination: 3.3.3.3...
  • Page 806 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Tunnel Type: LSP, Tunnel Index: 23 VC-ID: 5, VC State: up, Destination: 3.3.3.3 Group ID: Local 0, Remote 0, VC Label: Local 131080, Remote 131075, Tunnel Type: LSP, Tunnel Index: 25 VC-ID: 5, VC State: down, Destination: 1.1.0.3...

  • Page 807: Mpls L2Vc

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 2.2.2.2 131072/134137 LSP/14 VSI name : vpn4 , Service: VPLS , Service Status : Open VC-ID Destination State Lcl-Label/Rmt-Label Tunnel/Index 2.2.2.2 132956/131076 LSP/14 VSI name : vpn5 , Service: VPLS , Service Status : Open...

  • Page 808: Kompella Mpls L2Vpn Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Example # Create a virtual connection with the ID of 23. [Quidway-Vlan-interface201] mpls l2vc 10.0.0.11 23 3.3 Kompella MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 3.3.1 ce Syntax...

  • Page 809: Connection

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Example # Create a CE for VPNA named “beijing”, with the CE ID of 1. Use the default range (10). [Quidway] mpls l2vpn [Quidway] mpls l2vpn vpna encapsulation ethernet...

  • Page 810: Display Mpls L2Vpn

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter all: Displays all the L2VPN information about the address family. peer: Displays the information about a specified BGP Peer in brief.
  • Page 811 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands local-ce: Displays the state and configuration of the local CE of a specified VPN instance. remote-ce: Displays the state and configuration of the remote CE of a specified VPN instance.

  • Page 812: L2Vpn-Family

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 3.3.5 l2vpn-family Syntax l2vpn-family undo l2vpn-family View BGP view Parameter None Description Use the l2vpn-family command to create L2VPN address family view. Use the undo l2vpn-family command to remove L2VPN address family view.

  • Page 813: Mpls L2Vpn Encapsulation

    You can create a Kompella MPLS L2VPN only after you enable MPLS L2VPN. All L2VPN parameters are configured in L2VPN view. Example # Create a Kompella MPLS L2VPN, with the name of Huawei, the encapsulation type of Ethernet. [Quidway] mpls l2vpn huawei encapsulation ethernet...

  • Page 814: Mtu

    Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 3.3.8 mtu Syntax mtu mtu View MPLS L2VPN view Parameter mtu: Layer 2 MTU (maximum transmission unit) of the VPN. This argument ranges from 0 to 10,200 and the default value is 1,500.
  • Page 815 Command Manual – MPLS Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Use the undo peer enable command to deactivate a specified peer or peer group in L2VPN address family view. By default, the unicast peers or peer groups of IPv4 address family are active. Whereas other types of peers or peer groups are inactive.
  • Page 816 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 817 Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 MSTP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 active region-configuration ..................1-1 1.1.2 check region-configuration ..................1-2 1.1.3 debugging stp......................1-3 1.1.4 display stp .......................
  • Page 818 Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 1.1.37 stp tc-protection....................1-38 1.1.38 stp timer forward-delay..................1-39 1.1.39 stp timer hello ...................... 1-40 1.1.40 stp timer max-age ....................1-41 1.1.41 stp timer-factor ....................1-42 1.1.42 stp transmit-limit ....................1-43 1.1.43 vlan-mapping modulo..................

  • Page 819: Chapter 1 Mstp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 active region-configuration Syntax active region-configuration View MST region view Parameter None Description Use the active region-configuration command to activate the configurations of MST region.

  • Page 820: Check Region-Configuration

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.2 check region-configuration Syntax check region-configuration View MST region view Parameter None Description Use the check region-configuration command to view the configuration information (including switch region name, revision level, and VLAN mapping table) to be activated.

  • Page 821: Debugging Stp

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the check region-configuration command Field Description Format selector The selector defined by MSTP Region name Region name of MST region...

  • Page 822: Display Stp

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Use the undo debugging stp instance instance-id command to disable specified instance debugging of MTSP. Use the debugging stp lacp-key command to enable MD5 summary information debugging of LACP protocol.
  • Page 823 Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the display stp command to view the state information and statistics information of the spanning tree. The MSTP state and statistics information can help analyze and maintain the network topology and maintain the normal operation of MSTP.

  • Page 824: Display Stp Region-Configuration

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Related command: reset stp. Example # Display the state and statistics information about the spanning tree. <Quidway> display stp instance 0 interface Ethernet 2/1/1 to Ethernet 2/1/4...

  • Page 825: Display Stp Tc

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands MST region configuration information includes: region name, region revision level, and associations between VLANs and MSTIs. All these configurations together determine to which MST region a switch belongs.

  • Page 826: Instance

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands all: All TC statistics, including those detected, received and sent by the bridge. Description Use the display stp tc command to view TC (transaction capabilities) statistics.

  • Page 827: Region-Name

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the instance command to map the specified VLAN list to the specified MSTI. Use the undo instance command to cancel the specified VLAN list from the specified MSTI, and the removed VLAN will then be mapped to the CIST (i.e., the Instance 0).

  • Page 828: Reset Stp

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the region-name command to configure the MST region name of a switch. Use the undo region-name command to restore the default MST region name.

  • Page 829: Revision-Level

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Related command: display stp. Example # Clear the statistics information on the ports from Ethernet2/1/1 through Ethernet2/1/3 <Quidway> reset stp interface Ethernet 2/1/1 to Ethernet 2/1/3 1.1.10 revision-level...

  • Page 830: Stp Bpdu-Protection

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands View System view, Ethernet port view Parameter enable: Enables global or port MSTP. disable: Disables global or port MSTP. Description Use the stp command to enable or disable MSTP on a device or a port.

  • Page 831: Stp Bridge-Diameter

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands View System view Parameter None Description Use the stp bpdu-protection command to enable the BPDU protection on the switch. Use the undo stp bpdu-protection command to restore the default state of BPDU protection.

  • Page 832: Stp Cost

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp bridge-diameter command to configure the switching network diameter. Use the undo stp bridge-diameter command to restore the default network diameter. The definition of network diameter: Maximum count of switches between the farthest communication ends.

  • Page 833: Stp Edged-Port

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Parameter instance instance-id: Specifies the spanning tree instance ID, ranging from 0 to 48. The Instance 0 represents CIST. cost cost: Port path cost. Its range depends on the selected standard of path cost.
  • Page 834 Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp edged-port enable command to configure the current Ethernet port as an edge port. Use the stp edged-port disable command to configure the current Ethernet port as a non-edge port.

  • Page 835: Stp Instance Root Primary

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.16 stp instance root primary Syntax stp [ instance instance-id ] root primary [ bridge-diameter bridgenum [ hello-time centi-senconds ] ] undo stp [ instance instance-id ] root...

  • Page 836: Stp Interface

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Caution: In a switching network, you can configure only one root bridge for each MSTI and one or more secondary switches. Do not configure more than one root bridge for an MSTI at the same time.

  • Page 837: Stp Interface Instance Cost

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands When MSTP is disabled, the corresponding port stays in forwarding state and does not take part in any MSTI calculation. Caution: If you disable MSTP on a port, a loop may be generated.

  • Page 838: Stp Interface Edged-Port

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Use the undo stp interface cost command to restore the path cost of the specified port on the specified MSTI to the default value in system view.

  • Page 839: Stp Interface Instance Port Priority

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Use the stp interface edged-port disable command to configure a port as a non-edge port in system view. Use the undo stp interface edged-port command to restore the port to the default type (that is, non-edge port) in system view.

  • Page 840: Stp Interface Loop-Protection

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands instance-id: Specifies the spanning tree instance ID, ranging from 0 to 48. The Instance 0 represents CIST. port priority priority: Specifies the port priority, ranging from 0 to 240 with a step length of 16, e.g., 0, 16 and 32.
  • Page 841 Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp interface loop-protection command to enable loop protection on the switch in system view. Use the undo stp interface loop-protection command to restore the default loop protection state.

  • Page 842: Stp Interface Mcheck

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] stp interface Ethernet2/1/1 loop-protection 1.1.22 stp interface mcheck Syntax stp interface interface-list mcheck View System view...

  • Page 843: Stp Interface Point-To-Point

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Example # Set the mcheck parameter of Ethernet2/1/3 in system view. <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] stp interface Ethernet2/1/3 mcheck 1.1.23 stp interface point-to-point...

  • Page 844: Stp Interface Root-Protection

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands This configuration takes effect on the CIST and all the MSTIs. The settings of a port whether to connect the point-to-point link will be applied to all the MSTIs where the port belongs.

  • Page 845: Stp Interface Transmit-Limit

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Root protection function is used against such problem. The port configured with Root protection only plays a role of designated port on every instance. Whenever such port...

  • Page 846: Stp Loop-Protection

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands The larger the value is, the more packets can be transmitted in a time unit, yet the more switch resources will be occupied. With a moderate value, the amount of the BPDUs transmitted during Hello Time via every port can be limited and MSTP will not occupy too many bandwidth resources when the network topology flaps.

  • Page 847: Stp Max-Hops

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Caution: If the equipment connected to the port of the switch cannot send STP packets to the switch, do not configure the loop-protection command; otherwise the port will be congested for a long time.

  • Page 848: Stp Mcheck

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Example # Set the Max Hops of an MST region to 35. <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] stp max-hops 35 1.1.28 stp mcheck...

  • Page 849: Stp Mode

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands <Quidway>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [Quidway] interface Ethernet2/1/1 [Quidway-Ethernet2/1/1] stp mcheck 1.1.29 stp mode Syntax stp mode { stp | mstp }...

  • Page 850: Stp Non-Flooding

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.30 stp non-flooding Syntax stp non-flooding [ slot slotnum ] undo stp non-flooding [ slot slotnum ] View System view Parameter slot slotnum: Specifies the slot of the LPU (line process unit). The slotnum argument is the slot number.

  • Page 851: Stp Pathcost-Standard

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.31 stp pathcost-standard Syntax stp pathcost-standard { dot1t | dot1d-1998 | legacy } View System view Parameter dot1t, dot1d-1998, legacy : Three standards of the path cost calculation on STP port.

  • Page 852: Stp Port Priority

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp point-to-point command to configure the current Ethernet port (not) to connect with point-to-point link. Use undo stp point-to-point command to configure the link state to the default state in which MSTP automatically detects if the link to the Ethernet port is point-to-point link.

  • Page 853: Stp Region-Configuration

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp port priority command to configure the priority of a port on a specified MSTI. Use the undo stp port priority command to restore the default priority of the port on the specified MSTI.

  • Page 854: Stp Instance Root Secondary

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands You can enter MST region view, using the stp region-configuration command. Then you can configure the parameters including region name, revision level, and VLAN mapping table of the region.

  • Page 855: Stp Root-Protection

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands You can configure one or more secondary root bridges in an MSTI. If the primary root is down or powered off, the secondary root will take its place. Among several secondary root bridges, the one with the smallest MAC address takes the place of the failed primary root.

  • Page 856: Stp Tc-Protection

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands high-speed link may be pulled to the low-speed link and congestion will occur on the network. MSTP provides Root protection function to protect the root bridge: The port configured with Root protection only plays a role of designated port on every instance.

  • Page 857: Stp Timer Forward-Delay

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands When the protection from TC-BPDU packet attack is enabled, the switch just perform one delete operation in a specified period (generally, 15 seconds) after receiving TC-BPDU packets, as well as monitoring whether it receives TC-BPDU packets during this period.

  • Page 858: Stp Timer Hello

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Max Age >= 2 x (Hello Time + 1.0 second) Only if the above-mentioned formulas are equal can the MSTP normally operate on the entire network. Otherwise, the network may flap frequently. You are recommended to...

  • Page 859: Stp Timer Max-Age

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands root bridge transmits BPDU packets at an interval as you configured, while other switches apply the Hello Time configured on the root bridge. When configuring Hello time, Forward Delay and Max Age, remember to guarantee the following equations: 2 x (Forward Delay -1.0 second) >= Max Age...

  • Page 860: Stp Timer-Factor

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands the port expires according to the Max Age. If the BPDU expires, the MSTI has to be calculated again. Max Age takes no effect on MSTIs. If the current switch is CIST root bridge, it will check if the configuration BPDU expires according to the configured Max Age.

  • Page 861: Stp Transmit-Limit

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands the switch will decide the upstream switch is dead and will recalculate the topology of the network. Then in steady network, the recalculation may be caused when the upstream is busy.

  • Page 862: Vlan-Mapping Modulo

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.43 vlan-mapping modulo Syntax vlan-mapping modulo modulo undo vlan-mapping modulo View MST region view Parameter modulo: Specifies the modulus, ranging from 1 to 48. Description Use the vlan-mapping modulo command to map fast and symmetrically all VLAN lists to the specified MSTIs according to the modulo operation results.
  • Page 863 Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Digest Snooping Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Digest Snooping Configuration Commands 2.1 Digest Snooping Configuration Commands 2.1.1 stp config-digest-snooping Syntax stp config-digest-snooping undo stp config-digest-snooping View System view, Ethernet port view...
  • Page 864 Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Digest Snooping Configuration Commands BPDUs destined for these switches. In this way, switches of different manufacturers are capable of communicating with each other in an MSTP domain. Note: You must enable digest snooping on a port first before enabling it globally.

  • Page 865: Chapter 3 Bpdu Tunnel Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 BPDU Tunnel Configuration Commands Chapter 3 BPDU Tunnel Configuration Commands 3.1 BPDU Tunnel Configuration Commands 3.1.1 vlan-vpn enable Syntax vlan-vpn enable undo vlan-vpn View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the command vlan-vpn enable to enable VLAN VPN (QinQ) on the port.
  • Page 866 Command Manual – STP Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 3 BPDU Tunnel Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the vlan-vpn tunnel command to enable bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) Tunnel on the switch. Use the undo vlan-vpn tunnel command to disable BPDU Tunnel on the switch.
  • Page 867 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual Security Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 868 Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 802.1x Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 anti-attack........................ 1-1 1.1.2 display dot1x ......................1-1 1.1.3 dot1x........................1-4 1.1.4 dot1x authentication-method................... 1-5 1.1.5 dot1x dhcp-launch....................
  • Page 869 Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 2.1.20 state........................2-20 2.1.21 vlan-assignment-mode..................2-21 2.2 RADIUS Protocol Configuration Commands ..............2-22 2.2.1 accounting optional ....................2-22 2.2.2 data-flow-format ....................2-23 2.2.3 debugging radius....................2-24 2.2.4 display local-server ....................2-24 2.2.5 display radius ......................
  • Page 870 Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 2.3.9 primary accounting....................2-56 2.3.10 primary authentication..................2-57 2.3.11 primary authorization................... 2-58 2.3.12 reset hwtacacs statistics ..................2-58 2.3.13 reset stop-accounting-buffer ................2-59 2.3.14 retry stop-accounting................... 2-60 2.3.15 secondary accounting ..................2-60 2.3.16 secondary authentication ..................

  • Page 871: Chapter 1 802.1X Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1.1 anti-attack Syntax anti-attack { arp | dot1x | ip }{ disable | enable } View System view Parameter arp: ARP packet.
  • Page 872 Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter enabled-interface: Configures to display the Ethernet port that starts Dot1x. guest vlan: Displays Guest VLAN IDs and specifies the port that enables Guest VLAN.
  • Page 873 Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Configuration: Transmit Period 30 s, Handshake Period 30 s Quiet Period 60 s, Quiet Period Timer is disabled Supp Timeout 30 s, Server Timeout 100 s The maximal retransmitting times Total maximum 802.1x user resource number is 2048...

  • Page 874: Dot1X

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Field Description Total current used 802.1x resource Number of access users currently on line number Ethernet3/1/1 is link-up The state of Ethernet 2/1/1 is Up. 802.1X protocol is disabled 802.1X protocol is disabled on the port...

  • Page 875: Dot1X Authentication-Method

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands By default, 802.1x is disabled on all the ports and globally on the device. When the dot1x command is used in system view, if the parameter interface-list is not specified, 802.1x will be globally enabled.

  • Page 876: Dot1X Dhcp-Launch

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Description Use the dot1x authentication-method command to configure the authentication method for 802.1x user. Use the undo dot1x authentication-method command to restore the default authentication method of 802.1x user.

  • Page 877: Dot1X Guest-Vlan

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Use the undo dot1x dhcp-launch command to set 802.1x to enable the switch to trigger the authentication over them. By default, the switch can trigger the user ID authentication over the users who configure static IP addresses in DHCP environment.

  • Page 878: Dot1X Max-User

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Example # Specify to perform port-based authentications. [Quidway] dot1x port-method portbased # Enable Guest VLAN on all ports. [Quidway] dot1x guest-vlan 1 1.1.7 dot1x max-user Syntax...

  • Page 879: Dot1X Port-Control

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Example # Configure the interface Ethernet 3/1/1 to hold no more than 32 users. [Quidway] dot1x max-user 32 interface Ethernet 3/1/1 1.1.8 dot1x port-control Syntax dot1x port-control { auto | authorized-force | unauthorized-force } [ interface...

  • Page 880: Dot1X Port-Method

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands This command is used to set the mode, or the interface state, for 802.1x to perform access control on the specified interface. This command has effect on the interface specified by the parameter interface-list when executed in system view.

  • Page 881: Dot1X Quiet-Period

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands This command is used to set the base for 802.1x to perform access control, namely authenticate the users, on the specified interface. When macbased is adopted, the...

  • Page 882: Dot1X Retry

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Example # Enable quiet-period timer. [Quidway] dot1x quiet-period 1.1.11 dot1x retry Syntax dot1x retry max-retry-value undo dot1x retry View System view Parameter max-retry-value: Specifies the maximum times an Ethernet switch can retransmit the authentication request frame to the supplicant, ranging from 1 to 10.

  • Page 883: Dot1X Supp-Proxy-Check

    802.1x access users via proxy. Note that when performing this function, the user logging on via proxy need to run Huawei 802.1x client program,( Huawei 802.1x client program version V1.29 or above is needed). This command is used to set on the specified interface when executed in system view.

  • Page 884: Dot1X Timer

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands [Quidway] dot1x supp-proxy-check logoff interface Ethernet 2/1/1 to Ethernet 2/1/8 # Configure the switch to send trap message upon detecting the use of proxy on Ethernet 2/1/9.
  • Page 885 Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands server-timeout-value: Specifies how long the duration of a timeout timer of an Authentication Server is. The value ranges from 100 to 300 in units of second and defaults to 100 seconds.

  • Page 886: Reset Dot1X Statistics

    Command Manual – Security Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands interaction process. It could be necessary for some special and hard network environment. Generally, the user should keep the default values of the timers. Related command: display dot1x.

  • Page 887: Chapter 2 Aaa And Radius/Hwtacacs Protocol Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands 2.1 AAA Configuration Commands 2.1.1 access-limit Syntax access-limit { disable | enable max-user-number } undo access-limit...
  • Page 888 Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands undo accounting optional View ISP domain view Parameter None Description Use the accounting optional command to enable accounting to be optional. Use the undo accounting optional command to disable accounting to be optional.

  • Page 889: Cut Connection

    ISP domain authentication scheme is a RADIUS authentication scheme and the type of the RADIUS scheme is HUAWEI. It should be noted that the argument nas-ip must be defined for a user bound with a remote port, which is unnecessary, however, in the event of a user bound with a local port.
  • Page 890 Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands View System view Parameter all : Configures to disconnect all connection. access-type dot1x: Configures to disconnect the user connections that are of specified access category.

  • Page 891: Display Connection

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands [Quidway] cut connection domain huawei163.net 2.1.5 display connection Syntax display connection [ access-type { dot1x | gcm } | domain domain-name | interface...

  • Page 892: Display Domain

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the display connection command to view the relevant information of all the supplicants or the specified one(s). The output can help you with the user connection diagnosis and troubleshooting.

  • Page 893: Display Local-User

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands <Quidway> display domain Domain = system State = Active Scheme = LOCAL Access-limit = Disable Vlan-assignment-mode = Integer Domain User Template: Idle-cut = Disable...
  • Page 894 Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands state { active | block }: Configures to display the local users in the specified state. active means that the system allows the user requesting network service and block means the system does not allow the user requesting network service.

  • Page 895: Domain

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Field Description VLAN ID VLAN that the user belongs to IP address IP address of the user MAC address MAC address of the user 2.1.8 domain...

  • Page 896: Idle-Cut

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands complete set of exclusive ISP domain attributes for each ISP domain, which includes AAA schemes ( RADIUS scheme group applied and so forth.) For a switch, each supplicant belongs to an ISP domain.

  • Page 897: Ip Pool

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Because a user template only works in one ISP domain, it is necessary to configure user template attributes for users from different ISP domain respectively.

  • Page 898: Level

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Ethernet port, PPP users of the ISP can obtain their IP addresses from the IP address pool, through which the tension of the port address pool can be eased.

  • Page 899: Local-User

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 2.1.12 local-user Syntax local-user { username | multicast [ domain domain-name ] ipaddress | password-display-mode { auto | cipher-force } } undo local-user { username | all [ service-type { ftp | lan-access | telnet | ppp | ssh...

  • Page 900: Local-User Password-Display-Mode

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 2.1.13 local-user password-display-mode Syntax local-user password-display-mode { cipher-force | auto } undo local-user password-display-mode View System view Parameter cipher-force: Forced Cipher mode specifies that the passwords of all the accessed users must be displayed in cipher text.

  • Page 901: Password

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the name command to configure the name of a delivered VLAN. Use the undo name command to remove the name configured for a delivered VLAN.

  • Page 902: Scheme

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Example # Set the user huawei1 to display the password in simple text, given the password is 20030422. [Quidway-luser-huawei1] password simple 20030422 2.1.16 scheme...

  • Page 903: Private-Group-Id Mode Standard

    # With huawei163.net as the current ISP domain, specify to adopt the RADIUS scheme named huawei. [Quidway-isp-huawei163.net] scheme radius-scheme huawei # Specify the ISP domain named huawei to adopt the Scheme named rd, with Local authentication as the secondary authentication Scheme. [Quidway-isp-huawei] scheme radius-scheme rd local # Specify the ISP domain named huawei to adopt hwtacacs-scheme hwtac Scheme, with Local authentication as the secondary authentication Scheme.

  • Page 904: Self-Service-Url

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Example # Configure the VLAN delivering mode to be of string type. [Quidway] private_group_id mode standard 2.1.18 self-service-url Syntax self-service-url enable url-string self-service-url disable...

  • Page 905: Service-Type

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Example # Specify the URL of the Web page used to change password on the self-service server to be http://10.153.89.94/selfservice/modPasswd1x.jsp|userName. [Quidway] domain system...
  • Page 906 Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the service-type command to configure a service type for a particular user. Use the undo service-type command to cancel the specified service type for the user.

  • Page 907: Vlan-Assignment-Mode

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands [Quidway-luser-huawei1] state block 2.1.21 vlan-assignment-mode Syntax vlan-assignment-mode { integer | string } View ISP domain view Parameter integer: Specify the VLAN delivery mode to be integer.

  • Page 908: Radius Protocol Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Note: When configuring a VLAN delivering mode, keep the mode configured on the switch consistent with the mode configured on the Radius Server.

  • Page 909: Data-Flow-Format

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Use the undo accounting optional command to disable the RADIUS accounting option. By default, selection of RADIUS accounting option is disabled. If no RADIUS server is available or if RADIUS accounting server fails when the accounting optional is configured, the user can still use the network resource, otherwise, the user will be disconnected.

  • Page 910: Debugging Radius

    By default, the data unit is byte and the data packet unit is one-packet. Related command, see display radius. Example # Set the unit of data flow that send to RADIUS Server Huawei is kilo-byte and the data packet unit is kilo-packet. [Quidway-radius-huawei] data-flow-format data kilo-byte packet kilo-packet 2.2.3 debugging radius...

  • Page 911: Display Radius

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display local-server statistics command to view the statistics of local RADIUS scheme. Use the display local-server nas-ip command to view the Nas-ip that is allowed to access the Local-server.
  • Page 912 Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands <Quidway> display radius ------------------------------------------------------------------ SchemeName =system Index=0 Type=huawei Primary Auth IP =127.0.0.1 Port=1645 State=active Primary Acct IP =127.0.0.1 Port=1646 State=active Second Auth IP =0.0.0.0...

  • Page 913: Display Radius Nas-Ip

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Field Description Permitted send realtime PKT maximum times sending real-time failed counts no-response accounting packet Retry sending times The maximum retry times of buffered no-response...
  • Page 914 Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display radius statistics command to view the statistics information of RADIUS packet. The displayed packet information can help with RADIUS diagnosis and troubleshooting.

  • Page 915: Display Stop-Accounting-Buffer

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands PKT response ,Num=0 ,Err=0 ,Succ=0 EAP reauth_request ,Num=0 ,Err=0 ,Succ=0 PORTAL access ,Num=0 ,Err=0 ,Succ=0 Update ack ,Num=0 ,Err=0 ,Succ=0 PORTAL access ack...

  • Page 916: Key

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands session-id session-id: Configures to display the saved stopping accounting requests according to the Session ID. session-id specifies the Session ID with a character string not exceeding 50 characters.

  • Page 917: Local-Server

    Related command: primary accounting, primary authentication, radius scheme. Example # Set the authentication/authorization key of the RADIUS scheme, huawei, to hello. [Quidway-radius-huawei] key authentication hello # Set the accounting packet key of the RADIUS scheme, huawei, to ok. [Quidway-radius-huawei] key accounting ok 2.2.10 local-server Syntax...

  • Page 918: Nas-Ip

    The password configured by this command must be the same as that of the RADIUS authentication/authorization packet configured by the command key authentication in RADIUS scheme view. When operating as a local RADIUS server, a Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switch supports CHAP and PAP authentications but not EAP MD5-challenge authentication.

  • Page 919: Primary Accounting

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands undo nas-ip View RADIUS scheme view Parameter ip-address: Source IP address which is expressed in the format of dotted decimal notation. Description Use the nas-ip command to configure the source IP address which NAS switch uses to send RADIUS packets.

  • Page 920: Primary Authentication

    RADIUS servers. Related command: key, radius scheme, state. Example # Set the IP address of the primary accounting server of RADIUS scheme, “huawei”, to 10.110.1.2 and the UDP port 1813 to provide RADIUS accounting service. [Quidway-radius-huawei] primary accounting 10.110.1.2 1813 2.2.13 primary authentication...

  • Page 921: Radius Nas-Ip

    Related command: key, radius scheme , state. Example # Set the IP address of the primary authentication/authorization server of RADIUS scheme, “huawei”, to 10.110.1.1 and the UDP port 1812 to provide RADIUS authentication/authorization service. [Quidway-radius-huawei] primary authentication auth 10.110.1.1 1812 2.2.14 radius nas-ip...

  • Page 922: Radius Scheme

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands network. Only one nas-ip can be configured for each private network and a maximum of 16 private networks can be configured. Use the undo radius nas-ip command to cancel the nas-ip configuration for global public network.

  • Page 923: Reset Radius Statistics

    Related command: key, retry realtime-accounting, radius-scheme, timer realtime-accounting, stop-accounting-buffer enable, retry stop-accounting, server-type, state, user-name-format, retry, display radius, display radius statistics. Example # Create a RADIUS scheme named “huawei” and enters its view. [Quidway] radius scheme huawei [Quidway-radius-huawei] 2.2.16 reset radius statistics Syntax...
  • Page 924 Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Parameter radius-scheme radius-server-name: Configures to delete the stopping accounting requests from buffer according specified RADIUS scheme. radius-server-name specifies the RADIUS scheme name with a character string not exceeding 32 characters.

  • Page 925: Retry

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 2.2.18 retry Syntax retry retry-times undo retry View RADIUS scheme view Parameter retry-times: Specifies the maximum times of retransmission, ranging from 1 to 20. By default, the value is 3.

  • Page 926: Retry Stop-Accounting

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Parameter retry-times: Specifies the maximum times of real-time accounting request failing to be responded, ranging from 1 to 255. By default, the accounting request can fail to be responded up to 5 times.
  • Page 927 Related command: reset stop-accounting-buffer, radius scheme, display stop-accounting-buffer. Example #Perform the following configuration such that the switch can retransmit a buffered stop-accounting request to the server configured for the RADIUS scheme “Huawei” for up to 1000 times [Quidway-radius-huawei] retry stop-accounting 1000 2.2.21 secondary accounting...

  • Page 928: Secondary Authentication

    For detailed information, read the description of the primary accounting command. Related command: key, radius scheme, state. Example # Set the IP address of the secondary accounting server of RADIUS scheme, huawei, to 10.110.1.1 and the UDP port 1813 to provide RADIUS accounting service. [Quidway-radius-huawei] secondary accounting 10.110.1.1 1813 2.2.22 secondary authentication...

  • Page 929: Server-Type

    RADIUS scheme view Parameter huawei: Configures the switch system to support the RADIUS scheme of Huawei type, which requires the RADIUS client end (switch system) and RADIUS server to interact according to the private RADIUS protocol regulation and packet format of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

  • Page 930: State

    Related command: radius scheme, primary authentication, secondary authentication, primary accounting, secondary accounting. Example # Set the secondary authentication server of RADIUS scheme, “huawei”, to be Active. [Quidway-radius-huawei] state secondary authentication active Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-44...

  • Page 931: Stop-Accounting-Buffer Enable

    Related command: reset stop-accounting-buffer, radius scheme, display stop-accounting-buffer. Example # ,Enable the switch to buffer the stop-accounting requests that get no answer from the server configured for the RADIUS scheme "huawei". [Quidway-radius-huawei] stop-accounting-buffer enable 2.2.26 timer quiet Syntax timer quiet minutes...

  • Page 932: Timer Realtime-Accounting

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Parameter minutes: The parameter ranges from 1 to 255 in minutes. By default, the primary server waits for 5 minutes before it resumes the Active state.

  • Page 933: Timer Response-Timeout

    500 to 999 ≥1000 ≥15 Related command: retry realtime-accounting , radius scheme. Example # Set the real-time accounting interval of RADIUS scheme, “huawei”, to 15 minutes. [Quidway-radius-huawei] timer realtime-accounting 15 2.2.28 timer response-timeout Syntax timer response-timeout seconds undo timer response-timeout...

  • Page 934: User-Name-Format

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands [Quidway] radius scheme test1 [Quidway-radius-test1] timer response-timeout 5 2.2.29 user-name-format Syntax user-name-format { with-domain | without-domain } View RADIUS scheme view Parameter with-domain: Specifies to send the username with domain name to RADIUS server.

  • Page 935: Vpn-Instance

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Example # Specify to send the username without domain name to RADIUS scheme. [Quidway-radius-huawei] user-name-format without-domain 2.2.30 vpn-instance Syntax vpn-instance vpn-name View RADIUS scheme view Parameter vpn-name: The name of the VPN instance, which is a string of 1 to 19 characters.

  • Page 936: Hwtacacs Configuration Commands

    By default, the data unit is byte and the data packet unit is one-packet. Related command: display hwtacacs. Example # Set the unit of data flow sent to TACACS Server Huawei to kilo-byte and the data packet unit to kilo-packet. [Quidway-hwtacacs-huawei] data-flow-format data kilo-byte packet kilo-packet...

  • Page 937: Debugging Hwtacacs

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 2.3.2 debugging hwtacacs Syntax debugging hwtacacs { all | error | event | message | receive-packet | send-packet } undo debugging hwtacacs { all | error | event | message | receive-packet |...

  • Page 938: Display Stop-Accounting-Buffer Hwtacacs-Scheme

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the display hwtacacs command to view configuration information of one or all HWTACACS schemes. By default, configuration information of all HWTACACS schemes is displayed.

  • Page 939: Hwtacacs Nas-Ip

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands hwtacacs-scheme-name, a character string not exceeding 32 characters, excluding “?”. Description Use the display stop-accounting-buffer command to view information on the stop-accounting requests buffered in the switch.

  • Page 940: Hwtacacs Scheme

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands This command specifies only one source address; therefore, the newly configured source address may overwrite the original one. Example # Configure the switch to send hwtacacs packets from 129.10.10.1.

  • Page 941: Nas-Ip

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands authentication: Shared key of the authentication server. authorization: Shared key of the authorization server. string: Shared key, a string up to 16 characters excluding the characters “?”.

  • Page 942: Primary Accounting

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Specifying the source address for sending HWTACACS packet avoids the unreachability of packet returned from the server when the physical interface fails. Generally, the Loopback interface address is recommended.

  • Page 943: Primary Authentication

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Example # Configure a primary accounting server. [Quidway] hwtacacs scheme test1 [Quidway-hwtacacs-test1] primary accounting 10.163.155.12 49 2.3.10 primary authentication Syntax primary authentication ip-address [ port-number]...

  • Page 944: Primary Authorization

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 2.3.11 primary authorization Syntax primary authorization ip-address [ port-number ] undo primary authorization View HWTACACS view Parameter ip-address: IP address of the server, a valid unicast address in dotted decimal format.

  • Page 945: Reset Stop-Accounting-Buffer

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands View User view Parameter accounting: Clears all the HWTACACS accounting statistics. authentication: Clears all the HWTACACS authentication statistics. authorization: Clears all the HWTACACS authorization statistics.

  • Page 946: Retry Stop-Accounting

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands <Quidway> reset stop-accounting-buffer hwtacacs-scheme Huawei 2.3.14 retry stop-accounting Syntax retry stop-accounting retry-times undo retry stop-accounting View HWTACACS view Parameter retry-times: The maximum number of stop-accounting request attempts. It is in the range 1 to 300 and defaults to 100.

  • Page 947: Secondary Authentication

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands port-number: Port number of the server, which is in the range 1 to 65535 and defaults to Description Use the secondary accounting command to configure a secondary TACACS accounting server.

  • Page 948: Secondary Authorization

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Use the undo secondary authentication command to delete the configured secondary authentication server. By default, IP address of TACACS authentication server is all zeros.

  • Page 949: Timer Quiet

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands If you repeatedly use this command, the latest configuration overwrites the previous one. You can remove a TACACS scheme authorization server only when no Active TCP connection used to send authorization packets is now using the server, and the removal impacts only packets forwarded afterwards.

  • Page 950: Timer Realtime-Accounting

    Real-time accounting interval ( in minutes) 1 – 99 100 – 499 500 – 999 ú1000 ú15 Example # Set the real-time accounting interval of the HWTACACS scheme huawei to 51 minutes. [Quidway-hwtacacs-huawei] timer realtime-accounting 51 Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-64...

  • Page 951: Timer Response-Timeout

    Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands 2.3.20 timer response-timeout Syntax timer response-timeout seconds undo timer response-timeout View HWTACACS view Parameter seconds: TACACS server response timeout time, which is in the range of 1 to 300 seconds and defaults to 5 seconds.
  • Page 952 Command Manual – Security Chapter 2 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Parameter with-domain: Specifies that the domain name is taken along with the username that will be sent to the TACACS server. without-domain: Specifies that no domain name is taken along with the username that will be sent to the TACACS server.
  • Page 953 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual Reliability Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 954 Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 VRRP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 debugging vrrp ......................1-1 1.1.2 display vrrp ......................1-1 1.1.3 display vrrp statistics ....................1-3 1.1.4 display vrrp summary ....................

  • Page 955: Chapter 1 Vrrp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1.1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging vrrp Syntax debugging vrrp { state | packet | error } undo debugging vrrp { state | packet | error }...
  • Page 956 Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands virtual-router-ID: VRRP virtual router ID, ranging from 1 to 255. Description Use the display vrrp command to view the information about the VRRP state. If the interface name and virtual router ID are not specified, the state information about all the virtual routers on the switch will be displayed.

  • Page 957: Display Vrrp Statistics

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Field Description Auth Type Authentication type Track IF Track interface Reduced priority value for virtual router when track Pri Reduced interface is Down Virtual IP Virtual IP address list of virtual router...

  • Page 958: Display Vrrp Summary

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Packet Length Errors Address List Errors Become Master Priority Zero Pkts Rcvd Advertise Rcvd Priority Zero Pkts Sent Advertise Sent Invalid Type Pkts Rcvd 1.1.4 display vrrp summary...

  • Page 959: Reset Vrrp Statistics

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Initialize NONE 15.15.15.192 Initialize NONE 16.16.16.192 Initialize NONE 17.17.17.192 Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display vrrp summary command Field Description Run Method Run method: real or virtual MAC method...

  • Page 960: Vrrp Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Example # Clear the VRRP statistics on the switch. <Quidway> reset vrrp statistics 1.1.6 vrrp authentication-mode Syntax vrrp authentication-mode authentication-type authentication-key undo vrrp authentication-mode View VLAN interface view Parameter authentication-type: Authentication type.

  • Page 961: Vrrp Method

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1.1.7 vrrp method Syntax vrrp method { real-mac | virtual-mac } undo vrrp method View System view Parameter real-mac: Uses the real MAC address of the interface to match the virtual IP address of the virtual router in VRRP backup.

  • Page 962: Vrrp Un-Check Ttl

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands undo vrrp ping-enable View System view Parameter None Description Use vrrp ping-enable command to enable the function to ping the virtual IP address of the virtual router.

  • Page 963: Vrrp Vrid Preempt-Mode

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Example # Disable to check TTL value of VRRP packet. [Quidway-vlan-interface2] vrrp un-check ttl 1.1.10 vrrp vrid preempt-mode Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID preempt-mode [ timer delay delay-value ]...

  • Page 964: Vrrp Vrid Timer

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands View VLAN interface view Parameter virtual-router-ID: VRRP virtual router ID, ranging from 1 to 255. priority: Priority value, ranging from 1 to 254; By default, the priority value is 100.

  • Page 965: Vrrp Vrid Track

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Example # Configure the Master to transmit VRRP packets every 15 seconds. [Quidway-vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 timer advertise 15 1.1.13 vrrp vrid track Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID track vlan-interface interface-number [ reduced...

  • Page 966: Vrrp Vrid Virtual-Ip

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1.1.14 vrrp vrid virtual-ip Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID virtual-ip ip-address undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID [ virtual-ip virtual-address ] View VLAN interface view Parameter virtual-router-ID: VRRP virtual router ID, ranging from 1 to 255.

  • Page 967: Chapter 2 Ha Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands 2.1 HA Configuration Commands 2.1.1 debugging ha Syntax debugging ha { all | event | message | state } undo debugging ha { all | event | message | state }...

  • Page 968: Display Xbar

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands Description Use the display switchover state command to view the switchover state of master or slave board. This command is used to display the switchover state of master or slave board according to the specified slot number.

  • Page 969: Slave Restart

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands undo slave auto-update config View System view Parameter None Description Use the slave auto-update config command to enable automatic synchronization between the master and slave systems.

  • Page 970: Slave Switchover

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands 2.1.6 slave switchover Syntax slave switchover View User view Parameter None Description Use the slave switchover command to start the master-slave switchover manually. In the environment in which the slave board is available and master in real-time backup state, the user can inform the slave board of a master-slave switchover by using a command if he expects the slave board to operate in place of the master board.

  • Page 971: Xbar

    Command Manual – Reliability Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 HA Configuration Commands Example # Synchronize the configuration file between the master and slave boards. <Quidway> slave update configuration 2.1.8 xbar Syntax xbar [ load-balance | load-single ] View...
  • Page 972 HUAWEI Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual System Management Huawei Technologies Proprietary...
  • Page 973 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 File System Management Commands ............... 1-1 1.1 File System ........................1-1 1.1.1 cd..........................1-1 1.1.2 copy......................... 1-2 1.1.3 delete........................1-2 1.1.4 dir ..........................1-3 1.1.5 execute........................
  • Page 974 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 1.4.1 ascii ........................1-28 1.4.2 binary........................1-29 1.4.3 bye......................... 1-29 1.4.4 cd........................... 1-30 1.4.5 cdup........................1-30 1.4.6 close ........................1-31 1.4.7 debugging......................1-31 1.4.8 delete........................1-32 1.4.9 dir .......................... 1-32 1.4.10 disconnect ......................
  • Page 975 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 3.1.4 display cpu ......................3-3 3.1.5 display device......................3-4 3.1.6 display environment ....................3-5 3.1.7 display fan ....................... 3-5 3.1.8 display memory ....................... 3-6 3.1.9 display power ......................3-6 3.1.10 display schedule reboot ..................
  • Page 976 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 4.3.1 display clock ......................4-20 4.3.2 display debugging ....................4-21 4.3.3 display fiber-module ....................4-22 4.3.4 display users ......................4-25 4.3.5 display version....................... 4-26 4.4 System Debug Commands....................4-27 4.4.1 debugging......................
  • Page 977 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 5.1.6 display snmp-agent sys-info..................5-7 5.1.7 display snmp-agent usm-user ................. 5-8 5.1.8 enable snmp trap ....................5-9 5.1.9 snmp-agent community..................5-10 5.1.10 snmp-agent group ....................5-11 5.1.11 snmp-agent local-engineid .................. 5-12 5.1.12 snmp-agent mib-view ..................
  • Page 978 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 7.1.12 ntp-service multicast-server ................7-10 7.1.13 ntp-service refclock-master ................. 7-11 7.1.14 ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid............. 7-11 7.1.15 ntp-service source-interface................7-12 7.1.16 ntp-service unicast-peer..................7-13 7.1.17 ntp-service unicast-server ................... 7-14 Chapter 8 SSH Terminal Service Configuration Commands ............
  • Page 979 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 8.4.7 get ......................... 8-24 8.4.8 help........................8-25 8.4.9 ls..........................8-25 8.4.10 mkdir........................8-26 8.4.11 put ........................8-26 8.4.12 pwd........................8-27 8.4.13 quit........................8-27 8.4.14 remove ........................ 8-28 8.4.15 rename ........................

  • Page 980: Chapter 1 File System Management Commands

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1.1 File System Note: The limitation on the names of directories and files on switch are as follows: It is recommended that the name of a directory or file should not contain more than 64 characters;...

  • Page 981: Copy

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1.1.2 copy Syntax copy fileurl-source fileurl-dest View User view Parameter fileurl-source: Source file name. fileurl-dest: Destination file name. Description Use the copy command to copy a file.

  • Page 982: Dir

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands This command supports wildcard characters. The deleted files are kept in the recycle bin and will not be displayed when you use the dir command. However they will be displayed, using the dir /all command.

  • Page 983: Execute

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands -rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup Sep 20 2003 14:28:52 test.txt -rw- Apr 04 2005 20:13:47 [snmpboots] 31877 KB total (2182 KB free) The files that have already been deleted and kept in the recycle bin are displayed with the [ ] prompt.

  • Page 984: File Prompt

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1.1.6 file prompt Syntax file prompt { alert | quiet } View System view Parameter alert: Performs interactive confirmation on dangerous file operations; The default value is alert, which configures to perform interactive confirmation on dangerous file operations.

  • Page 985: Format

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands Currently, the switch does not support this command on the compact flash (CF) card. Example # Restore the space of the storage device flash.

  • Page 986: More

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands Description Use the mkdir command to create directory in the specified directory on the storage device. The directory to be created cannot have the same name as that of other directory or file in the specified directory.

  • Page 987: Move

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands 1.1.11 move Syntax move fileurl-source fileurl-dest View User view Parameter fileurl-source: Source file name. fileurl-dest: Destination file name. Description Use the move command to move files.

  • Page 988: Rename

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands Parameter None Description Use the pwd command to view the current path. Error may occur without setting the current path. Example # Display the current path.

  • Page 989: Rmdir

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands View User view Parameter file-url: Name of the file to be deleted. Description Use the reset recycle-bin command to permanently delete files from the recycle bin.

  • Page 990: Umount

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands <Quidway> rmdir huawei Rmdir huawei?[Y/N]:y % Removed directory huawei 1.1.16 umount Syntax umount device View User view Parameter device: Device name. Now, it can only be CF.

  • Page 991: Configuration File Management Commands

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands Undelete flash:/sample.bak ?[Y/N]:y %Undeleted file flash:/sample.bak 1.2 Configuration File Management Commands 1.2.1 display current-configuration Syntax display current-configuration controller interface interface-type interface-number | configuration [ configuration ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include }...
  • Page 992 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands Table 1-1 Special characters in the regular expression Special Description Restriction characters If the first character in the regular expression is not a underscore, then...
  • Page 993 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands server-type nec primary authentication 127.0.0.1 1645 primary accounting 127.0.0.1 1646 user-name-format without-domain domain system radius-scheme system access-limit disable state active idle-cut disable domain default enable system local-server nas-ip 127.0.0.1 key huawei...
  • Page 994 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands interface Ethernet4/1/6 interface Ethernet4/1/7 … interface NULL0 ospf area 0.0.0.0 network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 user-interface aux 0 user-interface vty 0 4 return # View the lines containing the character string “10*.110” in the configuration information.

  • Page 995: Display Saved-Configuration

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands sysname Quidway radius scheme system server-type nec primary authentication 127.0.0.1 1645 primary accounting 127.0.0.1 1646 user-name-format without-domain domain system radius-scheme system access-limit disable state active...
  • Page 996 Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands Description Use the display saved-configuration command to view the configuration files in the flash memory or CF card of Ethernet Switch. If the Ethernet Switch works abnormally after electrified, execute the display saved-configuration command to view the startup configuration of the Ethernet Switch.

  • Page 997: Display This

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands The displayed information is global, port and user configurations. 1.2.3 display this Syntax display this View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display this command to display the running configuration of the current view.

  • Page 998: Reset Saved-Configuration

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display startup command to display the related system software and configuration filenames used for the current and the next start-ups.

  • Page 999: Save

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands After upgrade of software, configuration files in flash memory may not match the new version's software. Perform the reset saved-configuration command to erase the old configuration files.

  • Page 1000: Ftp Server Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – System Management Quidway S8500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 File System Management Commands <Quidway> save The configuration will be written to the device. Are you sure?[Y/N]y Now saving current configuration to the device. Saving configuration flash:/8500.cfg. Please wait..

Table of Contents